Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Нидерландский

one of the very foremost men

Толкование Перевод

1 einnhverr

(einhver, eitthvert), indef. pron.; except in nom. and acc. sing. masc. and neut. ein- is generally indecl.;

1) some, some one;

einnhvern dag, some day;

eitthvert sinn, einhverju sinni, sometime, once;

as a noun (meðan einnhverr várr búandanna er lífs);

2) as an intensive with superl. ágætastr maðr einnhverr, one of the very foremost men;

3) each, each one, usually in two words (ór þeirra fjórðungi sem ór einum hverjum öðrum).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > einnhverr
2 EINN

one

* * *

card. numb. and pron.

1) one;

einn skal við einn eiga, one shall fight against one;

einn ok einn, one by one, one at a time, singly;

2) as ord. numb. = inn fyrsti (Urð hétu eina, aðra Verðandi, Skuld ina þriðju);

3) the same, one and the same (váru sveinarnir up fœddir báðir í einu þorpi);

allt í eina leið, all in one way;

einn … ok, the same as (í einu herbergi ok hinn);

allr einn, the very same, quite the same (þat er allt eitt ok himinn);

allt at einu, nevertheless, for all that (þó at þú þjónaðir illum, þó var hann allt at einu þinn herra);

4) indef. one, a certain (einn vetr, einn dag, eitt kveld);

einn vinr Þóris, a certain friend of Th.;

before numbers, about, some;

einar fimm þúsundir, some five thousand;

einir … aðrir, some … others (einir tóku dúka ok aðrir rekkjublæjur);

einn ok ýmiss, one and another (einar ok ýmissar þjóðir);

5) after a negation, any;

né eitt, not anything;

6) gen. pl. ‘einna’ used in an intensive sense;

einna manna bezt, best of all (single) men;

einna verst, by far the worst;

einna sízt, by far the least, least of all;

engi er einna hvatastr, no man is superior to all others;

7) alone (Guðrún skyldi ein ráða fyrir fé þeirra);

láta konu eina, to desert or divorce one’s wife;

with gen., hann varð einn sinna manna, he was separated from his men;

if put after the noun ‘einn’ generally denotes only, but;

segja þetta prett einn, to call this a mere trick;

vín eitt, wine only;

var þat (handklæði) raufar einar, all in holes, mere tatters;

fáir einir, only a few;

einn sér or sér einn, quite by oneself, alone (hann var einn sér);

einn saman, einn samt, quite alone;

kona eigi ein saman, not alone, with child;

at eins, only, but;

eigi at eins, not only;

því at eins, only in that case;

údauðr at eins, merely not dead, all but dead, barely alive;

at einu = at eins.

* * *

adj., pl. einir, acc. sing. einn, but also einan, esp. in the sense al-einan etc.; [Gr. εἱς, εν; Lat. ūnus, and early Lat. oinos; Ulf. ains; A. S. ân; Engl. one, in E. Engl. proncd. like stone, bone; Scot. ane; Swed. en; Dan. een]:—one.

A. Cardinal number, one; einn, tveir, þrír …, opp. to báðir, fleiri, etc.; einum eðr fleirum, Grág. i. 108; eina sök eðr fleiri, 78; unnu báðir eins verk, Fas. i. 515; einum ok einum, one by one, ii. 252; tveir menn veðmæltu um einn grip, Grág. i. 412.

2. in old poems it is used as an ordinal number; Urð hétu eina, aðra Verðandi, Vsp. 20; segðu þat it eina …, opp. to þat it annat, Vþm. 20; hjálp heitir eitt, help ranks first, Hm. 147, Vkv. 2; but this use is quite obsolete.

3. with the notion of sameness, one and the same (unus et idem;) í einu húsi, in the same house, Grág. ii. 42; ein ero lög um, hvárt sem ero naut eðr sauðir, i. 422; allt á eina leið, all one way, Fms. ii. 315; til einnar gistingar báðir, vii. 274; í einu brjósti, Alm. 36; allr einn, the very same, Nj. 213.

II. indefinite, a, an, a certain one; einn vetr, a winter, Fms. i. 57; einn dag, x. 11, Fas. i. 514; eitt kveld, Ld. 38; einn hinn versti maðr, Fær. 91; Breiðlingr einn, a man from Broaddale, Sturl. ii. 249; einn vinr Þóris, a certain friend of Thorir, Fms. vi. 277: einn as the indefinite article is hardly found in old writers; and though it is freq. in the Bible, sermons, hymns, etc., since the Reformation, it was no doubt borrowed from the German, and has never been naturalised.

β. about, before numbers; ein tvau hundruð vaðmála, about two hundred pieces, Sks. 30; einar fimm þúsudir, about three thousand, Al. 111,—obsolete, in mod. usage hérum-bil or the like.

III. alone, Gr. μόνος, Lat. solus, used both in sing. and plur.; Guðrún skyldi ein ráða, Ld. 132; Hallr tók einn upp fang, 38; láta einan, to let alone; láttu mig Drottinn einan ekki, Pass. 34. 11; as a law term, to let one’s wife alone, þá lét hann eina Guðrúnu, Fms. x. 324 (cp. einlát); Gunnarr mundi vera einn heima, Nj. 113; sjá einn hlutr, that one thing only, 112; þau ein tíðendi (plur.), only such news, 242.

β. if put after the noun, einn denotes, only, but, sheer, and is almost adverb.; segja þetta prett einn, a mere trick, Sturl. ii. 249; raufar einar, all in holes, Nj. 176; urðu borðin í blóði einu, the tables were bedabbled with blood all over, 270, Ó. H. 116; öll orðin at hvölum einum, all turned into whales, Fas. i. 372; gabb eitt ok háð, sheer mockery, Sks. 247; orð ein, mere words, Nj. 123; ígangs-klæði ein, Eg. 75; vin eitt, wine only, Gm. 19; heiptyrði ein, Fm. 9; hamingjur einar, Vþm. 49; ofsamenn einir, Ld. 158; þá nótt eina, for that one night, N. G. L. i. 240: also after an adj., lítið eina, only a little, Stj. 177; þat eina, er hann ætti sjálfr, Eg. 47, Fms. v. 303; nema góðs eina, naught but good, Eg. 63; fátt eitt, few only, but few; vilt eitt, but what is agreeable, Hm. 125; mikit eitt skala manni gefa, a proverb, ‘small gifts shew great love,’ 51; sá einn, er …, he only, who …, 17; satt eitt, sooth only, Fm. 9; the sense differs according as the adj. is placed before or after the noun, einn Guð, the one God; but, Guð einn, God only, none but God.

IV. plur. in a distributive sense, single; ein gjöld, a single weregild, opp. to tvenn, þrenn, fern, double, triple, quadruple, Grág. ii. 232; thus Icel. say, einir sokkar, skór, vetlingar, a pair of socks, shoes, gloves; einar brækr, a pair of breeches; also with nouns which have only plur., e. g. ein, tvenn, þrenn Jól, one, two, three Christmasses ( Yules); einar (tvennar) dyrr, a single … door; eina Páska, one Easter.

V. gen. pl. einna is used in an intensive sense; einna manna bezt, best of all single men, Fms. ix. 258; í mesta lagi einna manna, foremost of all single men, Bjarn. 65; fátt er svá einna hluta, at örvænt sé at hitti annat slíkt, Ó. H. 75.

β. ellipt., manna, hluta, or the like being omitted, einna becomes almost an adverbial phrase, by far, exceedingly; at engi viti einna miklogi görr (= einna manna), that no one ( no single man) shall know it much better, Grág. i. 2; einna verst, by far the worst, Orkn. 162, Nj. 38; einna sizt, by far the least, least of all, Fms. i. 37; einna mest verðr, Ld. 8; er einna var ríkastr, who was the mightiest of all, Fms. i. 297; engan rétt einna meir kunnan at göra (= einna rétta meir), Sks. 22; engi er einna hvatastr (= e. manna), there is none so mighty but be may find his match, Hm. 63: in mod. usage einna, joined with a superlative, is used adverbially, e. beztr, e. fljótastr, the best, the fleetest, but in a somewhat depreciatory sense.

VI. used adverb.:

1. gen. sing. eins,

α. eins ok, as, as if; eins ok væri hann með öllu óttalauss, Hkr. iii. 275; allt eins ok ( just as) rakkar metja með tungu, Stj. 392.

β. likewise, in the same way; mikill þorri var þat er þær sögðu eins báðar, Landn. (Hb.) 320; this use of eins is very rare in old writers, but freq. in mod. use; in the spoken language at least ‘eins’ (= as) has almost replaced the old ‘sem.’

γ. only; er ek hefi áðr spurn til eins, Fms. iv. 139 (rare).

δ. at eins, only, but, Grág. i. 235; vel at eins, ironically, well enough, Ld. 248; eigi at eins, not only, Fms. i. 266; með sínum at eins kostnaði, vii. 184; því at eins, only in that case, Nj. 228; þar at eins, Ísl. ii. 400; allt eins, not the less for that, 216: in mod. use, just as (vide allr A. V. 5).

2. dat. at einu = at eins; údauðr at einu, Ld. 242; því at einu = því at eins, Fms. iv. 195; því at einu er rétt …, Grág. i. 164; svá at einu, id., Nj. 103; sá evkr syndir sínar at einu, he but adds to his sins, Hom. 157; allt at einu, all the same, Ísl. ii. 216, v. l.: af því einu, only because, Mork. 140.

B. Joined to another pronominal adj. or adv.:

I. einn hverr, adj. pron., in old writers usually in two words and with a double declension (see below), but now and then (and in mod. usage always) in a single word, einn being indecl.; einhverja (acc. f.), Hbl. 30; einhverjum (dat. sing.), Hm. 122, Fms. x. 71; einhverjo héraði, Al. 98, Nj. 2; einhverra (gen.), Fms. iv. 75; einhverir (nom. pl.), viii. 202; einhver, einhverir, etc.: the form eins-hverr is peculiar, keeping the gen. indecl. through all the cases, nom. einshverr, N. G. L. i. 6; acc. einshverja, Stj. 156, 655 xxxii. 18, Gþl. 135; dat. einshverjum, Stj. 22, 442, 448; this form seems to be chiefly Norse, is very rare in old writers, and now quite obsolete; neut. sing. eitthvert, Vm. 73, or eitthvat, Stj. 442, the mod. usage makes a distinction, and uses eitthvert only as adj., eitthvað as subst.:

1. each one, each single one; maðr er einn hverr, Edda 108; þær eru svá margar, at ein hver má vel endask, Eg. 414; ór þeirra fjórðungi sem ór einum hverjum öðrum, Íb. ch. 5; skal einn hverr ( each) þeirra nefna sér vátta, Grág. i. 74; jafnmikinn arf sem einn hverr ( each) sona hans, Sturl. ii. 77; fátt er svá herra einhverra hluta, of any single thing, Fms. iv. 175.

β. joined to a superl. it strengthens the sense; ágætastr maðr einn hverr, one of the very first men, Nj. 282; vinsælastr höfðingi einhverr, highly popular, Fms. vii. 4; einhver drengilegust vörn, ix. 515.

2. in an indefinite sense, some, somebody, a certain one; eitthvert ríki, Sks. 350; eina hverja nótt, some night, 686 B. 4; eitthvert sinn, once, sometime, Sturl. i. 77, Nj. 79; einhverju sinni, id., 2; einhvern dag, some day, Fms. v. 177, Ísl. ii. 212; eina hverja þessa tíð, about this time, N. G. L. i. 355; til einnar hverrar stefnu, to some meeting, Fb. i. 354; eins-hverja hluti, Stj. 156; með eins-hverjum sveini, 442; at ekki sé minna vert, at hlýða prests-messu nývígðs hinni fyrstu, heldr en biskups-messu einhverri, Bs. i. 131.

β. used as subst.; einn hverr várr búandanna, Fms. i. 34; einn hvern manna hans, Eg. 258; einhverr í hverjum dal, Ld. 258, Nj. 192.

γ. einhver-staðar (eins-hver-staðar, Fms. vii. 84), adv. somewhere, Grett. 130, Fms. iv. 57, Sd. 181.

II. einn-saman, adj. ‘one together’ (vide einsamall), i. e. quite alone; maðrinn lifir ekki af einu-saman brauði, Matth. iv. 4; með einni-saman sinni sýn, með einni-saman sinni þefan, Stj. 93; ef útlegðir fara einar-saman, if it be solely a matter of outlay ( fine), Grág. i. 103; ef þat færi eitt-saman, ii. 10: of a woman, vera eigi ein-saman, to be not alone, to be with a child, Fms. iii. 109.

III. with other words; einir … ýmissir, ‘one and sundry;’ various, mixed, Stj. 88, 204; eina hluti ok ýmissa, Fb. i. 191.

β. hverr ok einn, ‘each and one,’ every one, 677. 1, H. E. i. 393, Rb. 492; fyrir hvern mun ok einn, Fas. i. 396.

γ. einn ok sér-hverr, one and all.

δ. einn sér, apart, for oneself, alone; Múspells-synir hafa einir sér fylking, Edda 41; einn sér, sole, Fms. ii. 308; sér einir, Sturl. ii. 53: metaph. singular, peculiar, ein var hón sér í lýðsku, Fs. 30.

ε. sér-hverr, adj. every one, q. v.: eins-konar, adv. of one kind, Skálda 165; mod. indef. of a certain kind, a kind of: eins-kostar, adv. particularly, Ísl. ii. 322, Mork. 81.

ζ. né einn, not one, none; in old writers usually so, but now and then contracted neinn (q. v.), and in mod. usage always so; né eina sekð, Grág. i. 136; né eitt úhreint, Stj. 409; né einu sinni, not once, Fms. xi. 13; né eins, not a single thing, 112; né eina herferð, vii. 28.

η. fáir einir, only a few, in mod. usage in one word, nom. fáeinir, dat. fáeinum, gen. fáeinna: ein-stakr, single, q. v.: al-einn, alone, q. v.: ein-mana, q. v. (cp. Gr. μόνος): einum-megin, adv. on one side, Nj. 248 (vide vegr).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EINN
3 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
4 first

1. adjective
erst...; (for the first time ever) Erst[aufführung, -besteigung]; (of an artist's first achievement) Erstlings[film, -roman, -stück, -werk]

he was first to arrive — er kam als erster an

for the [very] first time — zum [aller]ersten Mal

the first two — die ersten beiden od. zwei

come in first — (win race) [das Rennen] gewinnen

head/feet first — mit dem Kopf/den Füßen zuerst od. voran

first thing in the morning — gleich frühmorgens; (coll.): (tomorrow) gleich morgen früh

first things first — (coll.) eins nach dem anderen

he's always [the] first to help — er ist immer als erster zur Stelle, wenn Hilfe benötigt wird

not know the first thing about something — von einer Sache nicht das geringste verstehen
2. adverb
1) (before anyone else) zuerst; als erster/erste [sprechen, ankommen]; (before anything else) an erster Stelle [stehen, kommen]; (when listing): (firstly) zuerst; als erstes

ladies first! — Ladys first!; den Damen der Vortritt!

you [go] first — (as invitation) Sie haben den Vortritt; bitte nach Ihnen

first come first served — wer zuerst kommt, mahlt zuerst (Spr.)

say first one thing and then another — erst so und dann wieder so sagen (ugs.)

2) (beforehand) vorher

... but first we must... —... aber zuerst od. erst müssen wir...

3) (for the first time) zum ersten Mal; das erste Mal; erstmals [bekannt geben, sich durchsetzen]

4) (in preference) eher; lieber

5)

first of all — zuerst; (in importance) vor allem

first and foremost — (basically) zunächst einmal
3. noun
1)

the first — (in sequence) der/die/das erste; (in rank) der/die/das Erste

be the first to arrive — als erster/erste ankommen

she is the first in the class — sie ist Klassenbeste

this is the first I've heard of it — das höre ich zum ersten Mal

2)

at first — zuerst; anfangs

from the first — von Anfang an

from first to last — von Anfang bis Ende

3) (day)

the first of May — der erste Mai

the first [of the month] — der Erste [des Monats]

* * *
[fə:st] 1. adjective, adverb
(before all others in place, time or rank: the first person to arrive; The boy spoke first.) erst, zuerst
2. adverb
(before doing anything else: `Shall we eat now?' `Wash your hands first!) zuerst
3. noun
(the person, animal etc that does something before any other person, animal etc: the first to arrive.) der/die/das Erste

- academic.ru/27554/firstly">firstly
- first aid
- first-born
- first-class
- first-hand
- first-rate
- at first
- at first hand
- first and foremost
- first of all
* * *

First

[fɜ:st, AM fɜ:rst]

adj attr, inv AM

\First baby/cat Baby nt/Katze f des Präsidenten

the \First couple der Präsident und die First Lady

the \First marriage die Ehe des Präsidenten

* * *
[fɜːst]
1. adj
erste(r, s)
his first novel — sein Erstlingsroman m

or in line (US) — er war der Erste in der Schlange

he was first in Latin — er war der Beste in Latein

who's first? — wer ist der Erste?

I'm first, I've been waiting longer than you — ich bin zuerst an der Reihe, ich warte schon länger als Sie

the first time I saw her... — als ich sie zum ersten Mal sah,...

is it your first time? — machst du das zum ersten Mal?

there always has to be a first time — einmal ist immer das erste Mal

we managed it the very first time — wir haben es auf Anhieb geschafft

in first place (Sport etc) —

to be or lie in first place — an erster Stelle liegen

in the first place — zunächst or erstens einmal

why didn't you say so in the first place? — warum hast du denn das nicht gleich gesagt?

first time around — beim ersten Mal

2. adv

1) zuerst; (= before all the others) arrive, leave als erste(r, s)

first, take three eggs — zuerst or als Erstes nehme man drei Eier

that's not what you said first — zuerst hast du etwas anderes gesagt

first come first served (prov) — wer zuerst kommt, mahlt zuerst (Prov)

on a first come first served basis — nach dem Prinzip "wer zuerst kommt, mahlt zuerst"

women and children first — Frauen und Kinder zuerst

ladies first — Ladies first!, den Damen der Vortritt

you ( go) first — nach Ihnen

he says first one thing then another —

before he says anything I want to get in first with a few comments — bevor er irgendetwas sagt, möchte ich einige Bemerkungen anbringen

what comes first in your order of priorities? —

but, darling, you know you always come first — aber, mein Schatz, du weißt doch, dass du bei mir immer an erster Stelle stehst

he always puts his job first — seine Arbeit kommt bei ihm immer vor allen anderen Dingen

2) (= before all else) als Erstes, zunächst; (in listing) erstens

first (of all) I'm going for a swim —

why can't I? – well, first of all or first off (inf) it's not yours and secondly... —, it's not yours and secondly... warum denn nicht? – nun, zunächst or erstens einmal gehört es nicht dir und zweitens...

first and foremost — zunächst

first and foremost, he is a writer — zuallererst ist er Schriftsteller

first and last he is an Englishman — er ist durch und durch Engländer

3) (= for the first time) zum ersten Mal, das erste Mal

when did you first meet him? — wann haben Sie ihn das erste Mal or zum ersten Mal getroffen?

when this model was first introduced — zu Anfang or zuerst, als das Modell herauskam

when it first became known that... — als erstmals bekannt wurde, dass...

this work was first performed/published in 1997 — dieses Werk wurde 1997 uraufgeführt/erstveröffentlicht

4) (= before in time) (zu)erst

I must finish this first — ich muss das erst fertig machen

think first before you sign anything — überlegen Sie es sich, bevor Sie etwas unterschreiben

5) (in preference) eher, lieber

I'd die first! — eher or lieber würde ich sterben!

6) (NAUT, RAIL)

to travel first — erster Klasse reisen

3. n

1)

the first — der/die/das Erste

he was among the ( very) first to arrive — er war unter den Ersten or Allerersten, die ankamen

they were the first to congratulate me — sie gratulierten mir als Erste

he was the first home/to finish — er war als Erster zu Hause/fertig; (in race)

she wore a blouse and a skirt, but the first was too tight and the second too baggy — sie trug eine Bluse und einen Rock, aber erstere war zu eng und letzterer zu weit

2)

this is the first I've heard of it — das ist mir ja ganz neu

the first he knew about it was when he saw it in the paper — er hat erst davon erfahren, als er es in der Zeitung las

3)

at first — zuerst, zunächst

from the first — von Anfang an

from first to last — von Anfang bis Ende

4) (Brit UNIV) Eins f, Note f "Eins"

he got a first —

he was supposed to get a first — er war ein Einserkandidat

5)

this is a first for the city — das passiert zum ersten Mal in der Stadt

6) (AUT)

first ( gear) — der erste (Gang)

in first — im ersten (Gang)

7) (US BASEBALL) erstes Base or Mal → also sixth

See:

→ also sixth

* * *

first [fɜːst; US fɜrst]

A adj (adv → firstly)

1. erst(er, e, es):

first edition Erstausgabe f;

first film Erst(lings)film m;

at first hand

a) aus erster Hand,

b) direkt;

first letter Anfangsbuchstabe m;

first novel Erstlingsroman m;

first thing (in the morning) (morgens) als Allererstes;

that’s the first thing I’ve heard about it das ist das Erste, was ich davon höre;

put first things first Dringendem den Vorrang geben;

he does not know the first thing about it er hat keine blasse Ahnung davon;

he doesn’t know the first thing about me er weiß überhaupt nichts von mir; → base¹ A 10, bid¹ A 1, blush B 4, installment¹ 1, offender 1, place A 17, prize¹ A 2, rehearsal 1, release B 4, showing 3, sight A 2, view B

2. fig erst(er, e, es):

a) best(er, e, es), bedeutendst(er, e, es)

b) erstklassig, -rangig:

first cabin Kabine f erster Klasse;

the first men in the country die führenden Persönlichkeiten des Landes;

first officer SCHIFF Erster Offizier; → fiddle A 1, water C 10

B adv

1. zuerst, voran:

go first vorangehen; → foot A 1, head Bes Redew, heel¹ Bes Redew

2. zum ersten Mal: → meet A 2

3. eher, lieber: → hang B 4

4. umg auch first off (zu)erst (einmal):

I must first do my homework;

first off, let’s see where … schauen wir doch erst einmal, wo …

5. zuerst, als erst(er, e, es), an erster Stelle:

come in ( oder finish) first SPORT als Erster durchs Ziel gehen, Erster werden;

first come, first served (Sprichwort) wer zuerst kommt, mahlt zuerst;

first or last früher oder später, über kurz oder lang;

first and last

a) vor allen Dingen,

b) im großen Ganzen;

first of all vor allen Dingen, zu allererst, in erster Linie; → foremost B a

C s

1. (der, die, das) Erste oder (fig) Beste:

be first among equals Primus inter pares sein

2. Anfang m:

from the (very) first von (allem) Anfang an;

from first to last durchweg, von A bis Z;

at first im oder am Anfang, anfangs, (zu)erst, zunächst, im ersten Moment

3. MUS erste Stimme

4. AUTO (der) erste Gang

5. (der) (Monats)Erste:

the first of June der 1. Juni

6. first of exchange WIRTSCH Primawechsel m

7. pl WIRTSCH Ware(n) f(pl) erster Qualität oder Wahl, die erste Wahl

8. UNIV Br → first class 3

9. umg BAHN etc (die) erste Klasse

* * *
1. adjective
erst...; (for the first time ever) Erst[aufführung, -besteigung]; (of an artist's first achievement) Erstlings[film, -roman, -stück, -werk]

he was first to arrive — er kam als erster an

for the [very] first time — zum [aller]ersten Mal

the first two — die ersten beiden od. zwei

come in first — (win race) [das Rennen] gewinnen

head/feet first — mit dem Kopf/den Füßen zuerst od. voran

first thing in the morning — gleich frühmorgens; (coll.): (tomorrow) gleich morgen früh

first things first — (coll.) eins nach dem anderen

he's always [the] first to help — er ist immer als erster zur Stelle, wenn Hilfe benötigt wird

not know the first thing about something — von einer Sache nicht das geringste verstehen
2. adverb
1) (before anyone else) zuerst; als erster/erste [sprechen, ankommen]; (before anything else) an erster Stelle [stehen, kommen]; (when listing): (firstly) zuerst; als erstes

ladies first! — Ladys first!; den Damen der Vortritt!

you [go] first — (as invitation) Sie haben den Vortritt; bitte nach Ihnen

first come first served — wer zuerst kommt, mahlt zuerst (Spr.)

say first one thing and then another — erst so und dann wieder so sagen (ugs.)

2) (beforehand) vorher

... but first we must... —... aber zuerst od. erst müssen wir...

3) (for the first time) zum ersten Mal; das erste Mal; erstmals [bekannt geben, sich durchsetzen]

4) (in preference) eher; lieber

5)

first of all — zuerst; (in importance) vor allem

first and foremost — (basically) zunächst einmal
3. noun
1)

the first — (in sequence) der/die/das erste; (in rank) der/die/das Erste

be the first to arrive — als erster/erste ankommen

she is the first in the class — sie ist Klassenbeste

this is the first I've heard of it — das höre ich zum ersten Mal

2)

at first — zuerst; anfangs

from the first — von Anfang an

from first to last — von Anfang bis Ende

3) (day)

the first of May — der erste Mai

the first [of the month] — der Erste [des Monats]

* * *

adj.

erst adj.

erstens adj.

erster adj.

erstes adj.

frühest adj.

zuerst adj.

zunächst adj.

English-german dictionary > first
5 todo

adj.

1 all, the whole of, all of.

Toda la mañana All morning. Perdió todo su dinero=He lost all his money.

2 every, each.

Todo carro que.. All car that....

3 entire.

adv.

all.

pron.

everything, absolutely everything, all, all the lot.

m.

whole, unity, entirety.

* * *

todo

► adjetivo

1 (sin excluir nada) all

■ todos los vecinos lo vieron all the neighbours saw it

■ se bebió todo el vino he drank all the wine

■ tú responderás por todos nosotros you'll answer for all of us

2 (verdadero) real

■ era todo un reto it was a real challenge

■ era toda una mujer she was every inch a woman

3 (cada) every

■ todo delito every crime

■ todas las noches every night

■ todos los días every day

4 (igual) like, exactly like, the image of

■ era toda su madre she was exactly like her mother

► pronombre

1 (sin excluir nada) all, everything

■ llamaron todos they all phoned

■ le gusta todo she likes everything

2 (cualquiera) anybody

■ todo el que yo diga anybody I say

► nombre masculino todo

1 (totalidad) whole

■ si lo consideramos como un todo if we take it as a whole

2 (en charadas) all, whole

► adverbio

1 completely, totally, all

■ está todo mojado it's all wet

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

así y todo in spite of everything

a todo esto (por cierto) by the way 2 (mientras) in the meantime

con todo in spite of everything

de todas formas / después de todo anyway, after all

del todo completely, entirely

■ arriba del todo right at the top

eso es todo that's all, that's it

estar en todo to be really with it, know what's going on

fue todo uno familiar it all happened at once

hay de todo there are all sorts

jugarse el todo por el todo figurado to take the plunge

por todo,-a all over

■ por toda Francia all over France

ser todo uno familiar to be all the same thing

todo el mundo everybody

todo lo contrario quite the opposite, quite the contrary

todo lo más at the most

todo quisque / todo Dios familiar every Tom, Dick and Harry

todos y cada uno each and everyone

————————

todo

► nombre masculino

1 (totalidad) whole

■ si lo consideramos como un todo if we take it as a whole

2 (en charadas) all, whole

► adverbio

1 completely, totally, all

■ está todo mojado it's all wet

* * *
1. noun m.
whole
2. (f. - toda)
pron.

all, everything

- todos
- todas 3. adv.
wholly, entirely

- a todo esto

- ante todo

- con todo
4. (f. - toda)
adj.

1) every, each

2) all, whole, entire

•

- todo el mundo

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [en singular] (=en su totalidad) all

no han llamado en todo el día — they haven't phoned all day

no he dormido en toda la noche — I haven't slept all night

lo golpeó con toda su fuerza — he hit him with all his might

ha viajado por todo el mundo — he has travelled throughout o all over the world

lo sabe todo Madrid — all Madrid knows it

en toda España no hay más que cinco — there are only five in the whole of Spain

recorrimos todo el bosque — we searched the whole forest

vino todo el equipo — the whole team came

el universo todo — the whole universe

he limpiado toda la casa — I've cleaned the whole house

puso una alfombra a todo lo ancho de la habitación — she put a rug down right across the room

en toda España no lo encuentras — you won't find it anywhere in Spain

todo lo que usted necesite — everything o whatever you need

con todo lo listo que es, no es capaz de resolver esto — clever as he is o for all his intelligence, he can't solve this problem

• todo lo demás — all the rest

• a o con toda prisa — in all haste, with all speed

• a toda velocidad — at full speed

- a todo esto

a todo esto, la orquesta siguió tocando — meanwhile, the band kept on playing

a todo esto, ¿os apetece ir al cine? — by the way, would you like to go to the cinema?

a todo esto, no nos olvidemos de llamarla — while we're on the subject, we mustn't forget to phone her

- ¡toda la vida!
cuanto, mundo
2) [en plural]

a) [en un conjunto] all

todos los libros — all the books

todos vosotros — all of you

b) (=cada) every

todos los días — every day

nos vemos todas las semanas — we see each other every week

pararon a todos los coches que pasaban — they stopped every car that went by

habrá un turno para todos y cada uno de los participantes — each and every one of the participants will have their turn
forma 2)
3) [con valor enfático]

es todo un hombre — he's every inch a man, he's a real man

es todo un héroe — he's a real hero

ese hombre es todo ambición — that man is all ambition

tiene toda la nariz de su abuela — her nose is exactly like her grandmother's

el niño era todo ojos — the child was all eyes

soy todo oídos — I'm all ears

puede ser todo lo sencillo que usted quiera — it can be as simple as you wish

dio un portazo por toda respuesta — his only response was to slam the door

• todo lo contrario — quite the opposite
más 1., 2), d)
4) (=del todo)

lleva una falda toda rota — she's wearing a skirt that's all torn

estaba todo rendido — he was completely worn out

vaya todo seguido — go straight on o ahead

2. PRON

1) [en singular]

se lo comió todo — he ate it all

cree que lo sabe todo — she thinks she knows it all

lo han vendido todo — they've sold the lot, they've sold it all

se enfada por todo — she gets angry about everything

lo sabemos todo — we know everything

todo cabe en él — he is capable of anything

todo o nada — all or nothing

todo son reveses — it's one setback after another

y luego todo son sonrisas — and then it's all smiles

todo el que quiera... — everyone o anyone who wants to...

todo a cien — ≈ pound store, ≈ dollar store (EEUU), shop selling everyday items at low prices

2) [en plural] (=cosas) all (of them); (=personas) everybody, everyone

todos son caros — they're all expensive

el más bonito de todos — the prettiest of all

todos estaban de acuerdo — everybody o everyone agreed

todos los que quieran venir — all those who want to come, anyone who wants to come

3) [locuciones con preposición]

• ir a todo — to be prepared to do or die

• ante todo — first of all, in the first place

• con todo, con todo y — in spite of

el coche, con todo y ser nuevo... — the car, in spite of being new..., despite the fact that the car was new...

con todo (y con eso) — still, nevertheless

con todo y con eso llegamos una hora tarde — we still arrived an hour late, nevertheless we arrived an hour late

• de todo, lo llamaron de todo — they called him every name under the sun

nos pasó de todo — everything possible happened to us, you name it, it happened to us

• del todo — wholly, entirely

no es del todo malo — it is not wholly o all bad

no es del todo verdad — it is not entirely true

• después de todo — after all

- estar en todo

de todas todas —

¡te digo que sí de todas todas! — I tell you it jolly well is!

es verdad de todas todas — it's absolutely true

- ir a por todas
botica 1), pesar 4., 3), sobre II, 9)
3.

SM

el todo — the whole

como o en un todo — as a whole

- ser el todo
jugar 3. TODO ► Para traducir el adjetivo todo con el sentido de en su totalidad se usa all, seguido del sustantivo en singular y sin determinante: Se pasó toda la tarde viendo la tele He spent all afternoon watching TV ► Con el mismo sentido anterior, también se puede traducir por whole o entire, este último es más enfático. En este caso, el indefinido tiene que ir acompañado de un sustantivo contable en singular y precedido por un determinante: Se pasó toda la tarde viendo la tele He spent the whole o the entire afternoon watching TV ► Todos se traduce por every cuando se hace hincapié en todos y cada uno de los individuos de un grupo de personas o cosas y también cuando se habla de acciones repetidas: Todos los niños deben llevar el uniforme del colegio Every child must wear school uniform Salimos a cenar todos los viernes We go out for dinner every Friday El sustantivo que sigue a every va en singular y nunca lleva determinante. El verbo va también en singular. ► Cuando todos se emplea para generalizar, se traduce por all. En este caso el sustantivo que sigue a all no lleva determinante: Todos los alemanes saben hablar inglés All Germans can speak English ► Todos también se traduce por all para referirse al conjunto de individuos de un grupo pero, a diferencia de every, sin dar importancia a los elementos. En este caso el sustantivo lleva determinante y va en plural, como el verbo: Todos los libros de la biblioteca eran antiguos All the books in the library were old
* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) ( la totalidad de) all

nos comimos todo el pan/todos los bombones — we ate all the bread/chocolates

toda la mañana — all morning, the whole morning

invitó a toda la clase — she invited the whole class

se recorrió todo México — she traveled all over Mexico

por todos lados — all over the place

dedicó toda su vida a la investigación — he dedicated his entire life to research

todos ustedes lo sabían — you all knew

2) (cualquier, cada)

todo artículo importado — all imported items, any imported item

todo aquél que quiera — anyone who wishes to

todos los días/los años — every day/year

todos los que estaban presentes — all those who were present

3) ( uso enfático)

a toda velocidad — at top speed

a todo correr — as fast as possible

con toda inocencia — in all innocence

le dieron todo tipo de facilidades — they gave him all kind of facilities

está fuera de toda duda — it's beyond all doubt

a todo esto — ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; ( a propósito) incidentally, by the way
II
masculino

el/un todo — the/a whole

jugarse el todo por el todo — to risk o gamble everything on one throw
III
- da pronombre

1)

a) ( sin excluir nada) everything

lo perdieron todo — they lost everything

a pesar de todo — despite everything

todo le parece poco — he's never satisfied

hazlo todo lo largo que quieras — make it as long as you like

¿eso es todo? — is that all?

todo o nada — all or nothing

b)

todos/todas — ( referido a - cosas) all; (- a personas) all, everybody

se rompieron todos — they all broke

los compró todos — she bought all of them

vinieron todos — they all came, everybody came

son todos muy simpáticos — they're all very friendly

buena suerte a todos — good luck to everybody

es el más alto de todos — he's the tallest of the lot o of them all

¿están todos? — is everyone o everybody here?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

todos y cada uno — each and every one

2) (en locs)

con todo (y eso) — (fam) ( aun así) all the same, even so

con todo, sigo pensando que... — all the same o even so I still think that...

de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything; venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things; hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything; del todo totally; no es del todo cierto it's not entirely o totally true; y todo: enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work; tuvo que venir la policía y todo (fam) the police had to come and everything (colloq); de todas, todas (fam): ¿es verdad? - de todas, todas is it true? - you bet it is! (colloq); ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile (colloq); me las pagará todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him for all of this; no tenerlas todas consigo — to be a little worried o uneasy

3) (como adv)

a) ( completamente) all

está todo mojado — it's all wet

está toda entusiasmada con el viaje — she's all o terribly excited about the trip

b) ( en frases ponderativas) quite

fue todo un espectáculo — it was quite a show!

c) ( indicando cualidad predominante)

el pescado era todo espinas — the fish was full of bones

soy toda oídos — I'm all ears

* * *

= all, complete, every, everything, whole affair, the, wholeness, the full monty, the whole lot, at large, the works!, the whole thing, the entire length of.

Ex. All returned documents must be checked for the presence of a hold on the title.

Ex. The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.

Ex. The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.

Ex. The CLEAR key erases everything on the screen.

Ex. The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.

Ex. The part chosen should have a unity of its own, a wholeness that offers a complete experience without at the same time giving away everything.

Ex. The article ' The digital full monty?' forecasts that the world of information is likely to be dominated by global giants on the one hand and selective niche providers on the other.

Ex. Alternatively the printer might not have ordered enough paper for the whole book, either because he miscalculated or because he could not afford to buy the whole lot at once = Por otro lado, el impresor podría no haber encargado suficiente papel para imprimir el libro entero, bien porque lo calculó mal o porque no podía permitirse el lujo de comprarlo todo de una vez.

Ex. The committee will be expected to produce an annual report to the members at large.

Ex. Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.

Ex. The truth is that I'm pretty upset about the whole thing and don't have very warm feelings towards the makers of these products.

Ex. It tells the story of one man's absurd quest to become the first person to walk the entire length of the Amazon River.

----

* ¡a por todas! = go for it!.

* abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.

* abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.

* absolutamente todo = anything and everything, the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* absolver a Alguien de todos los cargos = acquit + Nombre + on all counts.

* acaparar toda la atención = steal + the limelight.

* accesible por todos = widely accessible.

* acceso para todos = access for all.

* aceptado por todos = widely accepted.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.

* ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.

* ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.

* al alcance de todos = within everybody's reach, within everyone's reach, accessible to everyone, accessible to everybody.

* al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.

* antes de todo = before anything else, first off.

* ante todo = first and foremost, before anything else, more than anything else, first of all, above all, above all things.

* a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.

* a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.

* aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.

* a toda costa = absolutely, come what may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.

* a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a toda prueba = unswerving.

* a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.

* a todas luces = patently.

* a todas partes = far and wide.

* a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a todo alrededor = all round.

* a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.

* a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a todo lo largo de = the length of.

* a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed.

* a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* a todos los niveles = at all levels.

* a todos nosotros = us all.

* a todos por igual = one size fits all.

* a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a todo volumen = at full blast.

* autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.

* avanzar a toda máquina = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a toda mecha = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a toda pastilla = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo gas = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo meter = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo vapor = go + full steam ahead.

* bastante para todos = enough to go round.

* bien de todos, el = common good, the.

* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.

* buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).

* capaz de todo = capable of anything.

* casi de todo = just about everything.

* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.

* casi todos = almost any.

* castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.

* celebrar por todo lo alto = make + a song and dance about.

* comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.

* como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* como un todo = as a whole.

* comportarse como toda una señora = take + the high road, take + the high ground.

* comportarse como todo un caballero = take + the high road, take + the high ground.

* conjuntarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.

* conocido de todos = well-known.

* conocido por todos = widely recognised, well-known.

* conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.

* contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* con toda claridad = as clear as a bell.

* con toda confianza = feel + free to.

* con toda desfachatez = shamelessly.

* con toda franqueza = to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.

* con toda honestidad = in all honesty.

* con toda insolencia = shamelessly.

* con toda la razón = quite rightly.

* con toda la vestimenta = in full gear.

* con toda nitidez = as clear as a bell.

* con toda probabilidad = in all probability, probability.

* con toda seguridad = safely.

* con toda sinceridad = quite honestly, to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.

* con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.

* con todas las prestaciones = full-featured.

* con todas sus prestaciones = fully featured.

* con toda su fuerza = in full force.

* con toda tranquilidad = casually.

* con todo descaro = shamelessly.

* con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.

* con todo incluido = with the works!.

* con todo mi debido respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.

* con todo mi respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.

* con todos los extras = with the works!.

* con todos los lujos = with all mods and cons.

* con todos mis respetos hacia (la opinión de) = pace.

* con todos sus defectos = warts and all.

* con todo tipo de comodidades = with all mods and cons.

* con todo tipo de lujos = with all mods and cons.

* contra toda persona = all comers.

* contra (todo) pronóstico = against (all/the) odds.

* contra todo (tipo) de riesgo = against all risks.

* controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* coordinarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.

* correr a toda velocidad = sprint.

* cubrir toda la gama = run + the gamut.

* cubrir todo el espectro = run + the gamut.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.

* dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* del todo = all the way.

* demostrarlo todo = be proof enough.

* dentro de todo = all in all.

* desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* después de todo = after all.

* de toda la empresa = systemwide.

* de toda la institución = institution-wide, systemwide.

* de toda la provincia = province-wide.

* de toda la universidad = university-wide.

* de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].

* de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.

* de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de todas partes = from far and wide.

* de todo = throughout.

* de todo corazón = heart-to-heart, with all + Posesivo + heart.

* de todo el continente = continent-wide.

* de todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* de todo el mundo = world over, the, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the world, across the globe, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.

* de todo el planeta = across the planet.

* de todo el sistema = systemwide.

* de todo + Nombre = all through + Nombre.

* de todos conocido = well-known.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de todos los colores = of all stripes, a rainbow of.

* de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).

* de todos los tipos = of all stripes.

* de todos modos = at any rate.

* de todo tipo = of all sorts, of every sort, of all stripes, of all shapes and sizes.

* de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.

* de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.

* Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.

* dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.

* disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.

* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.

* durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.

* durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].

* durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.

* durante todo = all the way through, throughout.

* durante todo el día = all day long.

* durante todo el trimestre = semester-long.

* durante todo el verano = all summer long.

* durante todo + Tiempo = all through + Tiempo.

* durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.

* echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.

* echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.

* echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.

* echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.

* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* encontrarle defectos a todo = nitpick.

* encontrarle faltas a todo = nitpick.

* en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.

* en toda la empresa = company-wide, systemwide.

* en toda la institución = systemwide.

* en toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* en toda ocasión = at every turn.

* en todas partes = all around, far and wide.

* en todo = throughout.

* en todo caso = if anything.

* en todo el edificio = site-wide.

* en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].

* en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, throughout the world, around the world, all around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.

* en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.

* en todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* en todo el proceso = throughout.

* en todo el sistema = systemwide.

* en todo momento = at all times, at every instant, every step of the way, throughout, at every turn, day in and day out, at all hours, time after time.

* en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* en todos los aspectos = all-round.

* en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.

* en todos menos en = in all but.

* en todos y cada uno de = in all.

* escolarización para todos = universal schooling.

* eso es casi todo = that's about it.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.

* exento de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.

* fuente de todos los males, la = root of all evil, the.

* fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.

* fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* gente de todo tipo = people from all walks of life.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.

* hacer todo lo posible = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can, try + hard, try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out, work + hard.

* hacer todo lo posible (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* hacer todo lo posible para = every effort + be + made to.

* hacer todo lo posible por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], take + (great) pains to.

* hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* hacer un todo de = lump + Nombre + into.

* hasta ahora, todo bien = so far, so good.

* igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.

* igual para todos = one size fits all.

* incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.

* incluirlo todo = be all inclusive.

* insuficiente para todos = insufficient to go round.

* integrar formando un todo = articulate.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* jalárselo todo = scoff + the lot, eat + Posesivo + way through.

* jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.

* jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* justamente todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* justamente todo lo contrario de = quite the opposite of.

* libre de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.

* mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.

* más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.

* más bien todo lo contrario = quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.

* más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.

* meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* meterse en todos los fregados = have + a finger in every pie.

* motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.

* no aburrir a Alguien con todos los detalles = spare + Nombe + all the details.

* no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no del todo maduro, verde = underripe.

* no ser oro todo lo que reluce = not + it's cracked up to be.

* no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.

* No todo lo que reluce es oro = All that glitters is not gold, Not all that is gold glitters.

* ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.

* origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.

* póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.

* por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.

* por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].

* por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.

* por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* por toda la provincia = province-wide.

* por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.

* por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].

* por todo el continente = continent-wide.

* por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* por todo el gobierno = government-wide.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* por todo el servicio = service-wide.

* por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.

* por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.

* por todos conocido = well-known.

* por todos lados = far and wide.

* por todos los medios = by all means.

* por todos sitios = everywhere.

* que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.

* que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.

* que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.

* que bate todos los récords = record breaking.

* que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.

* que dura todo el año = year-round.

* que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.

* que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.

* reconocido por todos = widely recognised.

* relación parte = whole/part relationship.

* replantearse todo desde cero = get back to + basics.

* reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.

* resistir con todas las fuerzas = resist + with every cell in + Posesivo + body.

* respetado por todos = widely-respected.

* revolucionarlo todo = turn + everything upside down.

* revolverlo todo = turn + everything upside down.

* sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.

* sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.

* salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.

* seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.

* ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.

* ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.

* ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.

* serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.

* ser todo corazón = have + a heart of gold.

* ser todo oídos = be all ears.

* ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.

* ser todo vida = be all life.

* si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.

* sobre todo = above all, above everything else, in particular, above all things.

* tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan queridos de todos = so beloved of all.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.

* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.

* tener todo + Nombre + a + Posesivo + disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener todo + Nombre + para + Pronombre = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.

* tienda que vende de todo = general store.

* titular a toda plana = headline banner.

* toda alma viviente = every living soul.

* toda clase de = all sorts of.

* toda la comunidad = the community at large.

* toda la fuerza = full force.

* toda la fuerza de = the full force of.

* toda la fuerza del impacto = full force.

* toda la noche = all night long.

* toda la sociedad = society at large.

* toda la trupe = in full force.

* toda la verdad sobre = the skinny on.

* toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.

* todas las florituras = all the bells and whistles.

* todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.

* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.

* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.

* todas las razones del mundo = every reason.

* todas las semanas = weekly.

* toda una serie de = a whole series of.

* toda una vida = a lifetime.

* toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.

* toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.

* todo a la vez = all at once.

* todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.

* todo bicho viviente = every living soul, everyone and their mother, every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo confuso = in a state of disarray.

* todo continúa como antes = life goes on as before.

* todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.

* todo de una vez = in one lump.

* todo de (un) golpe = all at once.

* todo dios = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo el año = year-round.

* todo el cotarro = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.

* todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.

* todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.

* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.

* todo el peso de la ley = full force of the law, the, full force of the law, the.

* todo el rato = all the while.

* todo el santo día = all day long.

* todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.

* todo el tinglado = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.

* todo en uno = all in one.

* todo es posible = all bets are off, the sky is the limit.

* todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.

* todo esto = the whole thing.

* todo excepto = everything except (for).

* todo florido = in full blossom.

* todo hijo de vecino = every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo incluido = all-inclusive.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* todo liado = in a state of disarray.

* todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse, in marked contrast.

* todo lo demás = all else.

* todo lo que toca se convierte en oro = Midas touch, the.

* todo lo relativo al personaje novelesco Holmes = Holmesiana.

* todo lujo de detalles = chapter and verse.

* todo marcha bien = everything is hunky-dory.

* todo menos = everything except (for).

* todo mindundi = every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo + Nombre = the whole + Nombre.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* todo quisque = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo quisqui = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo recto = straight ahead, straight on.

* todos = everybody, everyone, them all, all comers, great and small, all concerned, anyone and everyone.

* todos a cubierta = all hands on deck!.

* todos a la faena = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).

* todos al rescate = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).

* todo seguido = continuously, straight ahead, straight on.

* todos ellos = them all.

* todo ser humano = every living soul.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* todos excepto = everyone except, everybody except.

* todos excepto + Número = all but + Número.

* todos lo demás = everyone else.

* todos los accesorios extras = all the bells and whistles.

* todos los adornos extras = all the bells and whistles.

* todos los años = on a yearly basis, year in and year out, year-on-year.

* todos los demás = everybody else.

* todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.

* todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.

* todos los miembros de la agencia = agency-wide.

* todos los otros = all of the other.

* todos manos a la obra = all hands to the pump(s), all hands on deck.

* todos menos = everyone except, everybody except.

* todos menos + Número = all but + Número.

* todos nosotros = all of us.

* todos por igual = share and share alike.

* todos ustedes = you all.

* todos vosotros = you all.

* todos y cada uno = all and sundry, in full force, each and everyone.

* todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.

* todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.

* todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* todo tipo de = all sorts of, all manner of.

* todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.

* todo va a las mil maravillas = everything is hunky-dory.

* todo vale = no holds barred.

* trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.

* tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.

* tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.

* vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.

* y lo peor de todo = and worst of all.

* y sobre todo = and worst of all.

* y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

* zampárselo todo = scoff + the lot.

* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) ( la totalidad de) all

nos comimos todo el pan/todos los bombones — we ate all the bread/chocolates

toda la mañana — all morning, the whole morning

invitó a toda la clase — she invited the whole class

se recorrió todo México — she traveled all over Mexico

por todos lados — all over the place

dedicó toda su vida a la investigación — he dedicated his entire life to research

todos ustedes lo sabían — you all knew

2) (cualquier, cada)

todo artículo importado — all imported items, any imported item

todo aquél que quiera — anyone who wishes to

todos los días/los años — every day/year

todos los que estaban presentes — all those who were present

3) ( uso enfático)

a toda velocidad — at top speed

a todo correr — as fast as possible

con toda inocencia — in all innocence

le dieron todo tipo de facilidades — they gave him all kind of facilities

está fuera de toda duda — it's beyond all doubt

a todo esto — ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; ( a propósito) incidentally, by the way
II
masculino

el/un todo — the/a whole

jugarse el todo por el todo — to risk o gamble everything on one throw
III
- da pronombre

1)

a) ( sin excluir nada) everything

lo perdieron todo — they lost everything

a pesar de todo — despite everything

todo le parece poco — he's never satisfied

hazlo todo lo largo que quieras — make it as long as you like

¿eso es todo? — is that all?

todo o nada — all or nothing

b)

todos/todas — ( referido a - cosas) all; (- a personas) all, everybody

se rompieron todos — they all broke

los compró todos — she bought all of them

vinieron todos — they all came, everybody came

son todos muy simpáticos — they're all very friendly

buena suerte a todos — good luck to everybody

es el más alto de todos — he's the tallest of the lot o of them all

¿están todos? — is everyone o everybody here?

¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

todos y cada uno — each and every one

2) (en locs)

con todo (y eso) — (fam) ( aun así) all the same, even so

con todo, sigo pensando que... — all the same o even so I still think that...

de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything; venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things; hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything; del todo totally; no es del todo cierto it's not entirely o totally true; y todo: enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work; tuvo que venir la policía y todo (fam) the police had to come and everything (colloq); de todas, todas (fam): ¿es verdad? - de todas, todas is it true? - you bet it is! (colloq); ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile (colloq); me las pagará todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him for all of this; no tenerlas todas consigo — to be a little worried o uneasy

3) (como adv)

a) ( completamente) all

está todo mojado — it's all wet

está toda entusiasmada con el viaje — she's all o terribly excited about the trip

b) ( en frases ponderativas) quite

fue todo un espectáculo — it was quite a show!

c) ( indicando cualidad predominante)

el pescado era todo espinas — the fish was full of bones

soy toda oídos — I'm all ears

* * *

= all, complete, every, everything, whole affair, the, wholeness, the full monty, the whole lot, at large, the works!, the whole thing, the entire length of.

Ex: All returned documents must be checked for the presence of a hold on the title.

Ex: The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.

Ex: The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.

Ex: The CLEAR key erases everything on the screen.

Ex: The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.

Ex: The part chosen should have a unity of its own, a wholeness that offers a complete experience without at the same time giving away everything.

Ex: The article ' The digital full monty?' forecasts that the world of information is likely to be dominated by global giants on the one hand and selective niche providers on the other.

Ex: Alternatively the printer might not have ordered enough paper for the whole book, either because he miscalculated or because he could not afford to buy the whole lot at once = Por otro lado, el impresor podría no haber encargado suficiente papel para imprimir el libro entero, bien porque lo calculó mal o porque no podía permitirse el lujo de comprarlo todo de una vez.

Ex: The committee will be expected to produce an annual report to the members at large.

Ex: Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.

Ex: The truth is that I'm pretty upset about the whole thing and don't have very warm feelings towards the makers of these products.

Ex: It tells the story of one man's absurd quest to become the first person to walk the entire length of the Amazon River.

* ¡a por todas! = go for it!.

* abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.

* abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.

* absolutamente todo = anything and everything, the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* absolver a Alguien de todos los cargos = acquit + Nombre + on all counts.

* acaparar toda la atención = steal + the limelight.

* accesible por todos = widely accessible.

* acceso para todos = access for all.

* aceptado por todos = widely accepted.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.

* ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.

* ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.

* al alcance de todos = within everybody's reach, within everyone's reach, accessible to everyone, accessible to everybody.

* al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.

* antes de todo = before anything else, first off.

* ante todo = first and foremost, before anything else, more than anything else, first of all, above all, above all things.

* a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.

* a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.

* aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.

* a toda costa = absolutely, come what may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.

* a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a toda prueba = unswerving.

* a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.

* a todas luces = patently.

* a todas partes = far and wide.

* a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.

* a todo alrededor = all round.

* a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.

* a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a todo lo largo de = the length of.

* a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed.

* a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.

* a todos los niveles = at all levels.

* a todos nosotros = us all.

* a todos por igual = one size fits all.

* a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.

* a todo volumen = at full blast.

* autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.

* avanzar a toda máquina = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a toda mecha = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a toda pastilla = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo gas = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo meter = go + full steam ahead.

* avanzar a todo vapor = go + full steam ahead.

* bastante para todos = enough to go round.

* bien de todos, el = common good, the.

* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.

* buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).

* capaz de todo = capable of anything.

* casi de todo = just about everything.

* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.

* casi todos = almost any.

* castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.

* celebrar por todo lo alto = make + a song and dance about.

* comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.

* como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* como un todo = as a whole.

* comportarse como toda una señora = take + the high road, take + the high ground.

* comportarse como todo un caballero = take + the high road, take + the high ground.

* conjuntarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.

* conocido de todos = well-known.

* conocido por todos = widely recognised, well-known.

* conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.

* contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* con toda claridad = as clear as a bell.

* con toda confianza = feel + free to.

* con toda desfachatez = shamelessly.

* con toda franqueza = to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.

* con toda honestidad = in all honesty.

* con toda insolencia = shamelessly.

* con toda la razón = quite rightly.

* con toda la vestimenta = in full gear.

* con toda nitidez = as clear as a bell.

* con toda probabilidad = in all probability, probability.

* con toda seguridad = safely.

* con toda sinceridad = quite honestly, to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.

* con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.

* con todas las prestaciones = full-featured.

* con todas sus prestaciones = fully featured.

* con toda su fuerza = in full force.

* con toda tranquilidad = casually.

* con todo descaro = shamelessly.

* con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.

* con todo incluido = with the works!.

* con todo mi debido respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.

* con todo mi respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.

* con todos los extras = with the works!.

* con todos los lujos = with all mods and cons.

* con todos mis respetos hacia (la opinión de) = pace.

* con todos sus defectos = warts and all.

* con todo tipo de comodidades = with all mods and cons.

* con todo tipo de lujos = with all mods and cons.

* contra toda persona = all comers.

* contra (todo) pronóstico = against (all/the) odds.

* contra todo (tipo) de riesgo = against all risks.

* controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* coordinarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.

* correr a toda velocidad = sprint.

* cubrir toda la gama = run + the gamut.

* cubrir todo el espectro = run + the gamut.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.

* dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* del todo = all the way.

* demostrarlo todo = be proof enough.

* dentro de todo = all in all.

* desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* después de todo = after all.

* de toda la empresa = systemwide.

* de toda la institución = institution-wide, systemwide.

* de toda la provincia = province-wide.

* de toda la universidad = university-wide.

* de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].

* de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.

* de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de todas partes = from far and wide.

* de todo = throughout.

* de todo corazón = heart-to-heart, with all + Posesivo + heart.

* de todo el continente = continent-wide.

* de todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* de todo el mundo = world over, the, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the world, across the globe, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.

* de todo el planeta = across the planet.

* de todo el sistema = systemwide.

* de todo + Nombre = all through + Nombre.

* de todos conocido = well-known.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de todos los colores = of all stripes, a rainbow of.

* de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).

* de todos los tipos = of all stripes.

* de todos modos = at any rate.

* de todo tipo = of all sorts, of every sort, of all stripes, of all shapes and sizes.

* de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.

* de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.

* Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.

* dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.

* disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.

* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.

* durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.

* durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].

* durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.

* durante todo = all the way through, throughout.

* durante todo el día = all day long.

* durante todo el trimestre = semester-long.

* durante todo el verano = all summer long.

* durante todo + Tiempo = all through + Tiempo.

* durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.

* echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.

* echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.

* echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.

* echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.

* el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.

* el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.

* el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.

* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.

* encontrarle defectos a todo = nitpick.

* encontrarle faltas a todo = nitpick.

* en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.

* en toda la empresa = company-wide, systemwide.

* en toda la institución = systemwide.

* en toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* en toda ocasión = at every turn.

* en todas partes = all around, far and wide.

* en todo = throughout.

* en todo caso = if anything.

* en todo el edificio = site-wide.

* en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].

* en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, throughout the world, around the world, all around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.

* en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.

* en todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* en todo el proceso = throughout.

* en todo el sistema = systemwide.

* en todo momento = at all times, at every instant, every step of the way, throughout, at every turn, day in and day out, at all hours, time after time.

* en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* en todos los aspectos = all-round.

* en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.

* en todos menos en = in all but.

* en todos y cada uno de = in all.

* escolarización para todos = universal schooling.

* eso es casi todo = that's about it.

* estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.

* estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.

* exento de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.

* fuente de todos los males, la = root of all evil, the.

* fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.

* fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.

* gente de todo tipo = people from all walks of life.

* hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.

* hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.

* hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.

* hacer todo lo posible = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can, try + hard, try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out, work + hard.

* hacer todo lo posible (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* hacer todo lo posible para = every effort + be + made to.

* hacer todo lo posible por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], take + (great) pains to.

* hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* hacer un todo de = lump + Nombre + into.

* hasta ahora, todo bien = so far, so good.

* igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.

* igual para todos = one size fits all.

* incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.

* incluirlo todo = be all inclusive.

* insuficiente para todos = insufficient to go round.

* integrar formando un todo = articulate.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* jalárselo todo = scoff + the lot, eat + Posesivo + way through.

* jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.

* jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* justamente todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* justamente todo lo contrario de = quite the opposite of.

* libre de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.

* llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.

* lo mejor de todo = best of all.

* lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.

* mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.

* más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.

* más bien todo lo contrario = quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.

* más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.

* meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* meterse en todos los fregados = have + a finger in every pie.

* motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.

* no aburrir a Alguien con todos los detalles = spare + Nombe + all the details.

* no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.

* no del todo maduro, verde = underripe.

* no ser oro todo lo que reluce = not + it's cracked up to be.

* no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.

* No todo lo que reluce es oro = All that glitters is not gold, Not all that is gold glitters.

* ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.

* origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.

* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.

* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.

* para toda la industria = industry-wide.

* para toda la universidad = university-wide.

* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.

* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.

* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.

* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].

* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.

* para todo uso = all-purpose.

* pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.

* póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.

* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.

* por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.

* por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.

* por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].

* por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.

* por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* por toda la provincia = province-wide.

* por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.

* por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].

* por todo el continente = continent-wide.

* por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* por todo el gobierno = government-wide.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* por todo el servicio = service-wide.

* por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.

* por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.

* por todos conocido = well-known.

* por todos lados = far and wide.

* por todos los medios = by all means.

* por todos sitios = everywhere.

* que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.

* que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.

* que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.

* que bate todos los récords = record breaking.

* que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.

* que dura todo el año = year-round.

* que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.

* que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.

* reconocido por todos = widely recognised.

* relación parte = whole/part relationship.

* replantearse todo desde cero = get back to + basics.

* reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.

* resistir con todas las fuerzas = resist + with every cell in + Posesivo + body.

* respetado por todos = widely-respected.

* revolucionarlo todo = turn + everything upside down.

* revolverlo todo = turn + everything upside down.

* sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.

* sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.

* salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.

* seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.

* ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.

* ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.

* ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.

* serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.

* ser todo corazón = have + a heart of gold.

* ser todo oídos = be all ears.

* ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.

* ser todo vida = be all life.

* si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.

* sobre todo = above all, above everything else, in particular, above all things.

* tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan queridos de todos = so beloved of all.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.

* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.

* tener todo + Nombre + a + Posesivo + disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener todo + Nombre + para + Pronombre = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.

* tienda que vende de todo = general store.

* titular a toda plana = headline banner.

* toda alma viviente = every living soul.

* toda clase de = all sorts of.

* toda la comunidad = the community at large.

* toda la fuerza = full force.

* toda la fuerza de = the full force of.

* toda la fuerza del impacto = full force.

* toda la noche = all night long.

* toda la sociedad = society at large.

* toda la trupe = in full force.

* toda la verdad sobre = the skinny on.

* toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.

* todas las florituras = all the bells and whistles.

* todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.

* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.

* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.

* todas las razones del mundo = every reason.

* todas las semanas = weekly.

* toda una serie de = a whole series of.

* toda una vida = a lifetime.

* toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.

* toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.

* todo a la vez = all at once.

* todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.

* todo bicho viviente = every living soul, everyone and their mother, every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo confuso = in a state of disarray.

* todo continúa como antes = life goes on as before.

* todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.

* todo de una vez = in one lump.

* todo de (un) golpe = all at once.

* todo dios = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo el año = year-round.

* todo el cotarro = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.

* todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.

* todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.

* todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.

* todo el peso de la ley = full force of the law, the, full force of the law, the.

* todo el rato = all the while.

* todo el santo día = all day long.

* todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.

* todo el tinglado = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.

* todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.

* todo en uno = all in one.

* todo es posible = all bets are off, the sky is the limit.

* todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.

* todo esto = the whole thing.

* todo excepto = everything except (for).

* todo florido = in full blossom.

* todo hijo de vecino = every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo incluido = all-inclusive.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* todo liado = in a state of disarray.

* todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse, in marked contrast.

* todo lo demás = all else.

* todo lo que toca se convierte en oro = Midas touch, the.

* todo lo relativo al personaje novelesco Holmes = Holmesiana.

* todo lujo de detalles = chapter and verse.

* todo marcha bien = everything is hunky-dory.

* todo menos = everything except (for).

* todo mindundi = every Tom, Dick and Harry.

* todo + Nombre = the whole + Nombre.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* todo quisque = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo quisqui = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.

* todo recto = straight ahead, straight on.

* todos = everybody, everyone, them all, all comers, great and small, all concerned, anyone and everyone.

* todos a cubierta = all hands on deck!.

* todos a la faena = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).

* todos al rescate = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).

* todo seguido = continuously, straight ahead, straight on.

* todos ellos = them all.

* todo ser humano = every living soul.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* todos excepto = everyone except, everybody except.

* todos excepto + Número = all but + Número.

* todos lo demás = everyone else.

* todos los accesorios extras = all the bells and whistles.

* todos los adornos extras = all the bells and whistles.

* todos los años = on a yearly basis, year in and year out, year-on-year.

* todos los demás = everybody else.

* todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.

* todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.

* todos los miembros de la agencia = agency-wide.

* todos los otros = all of the other.

* todos manos a la obra = all hands to the pump(s), all hands on deck.

* todos menos = everyone except, everybody except.

* todos menos + Número = all but + Número.

* todos nosotros = all of us.

* todos por igual = share and share alike.

* todos ustedes = you all.

* todos vosotros = you all.

* todos y cada uno = all and sundry, in full force, each and everyone.

* todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.

* todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.

* todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.

* todo tipo de = all sorts of, all manner of.

* todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.

* todo va a las mil maravillas = everything is hunky-dory.

* todo vale = no holds barred.

* trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.

* tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.

* tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.

* vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.

* y lo peor de todo = and worst of all.

* y sobre todo = and worst of all.

* y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

* zampárselo todo = scoff + the lot.

* * *

todo¹ -da [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

adjective

A

1

(la totalidad de): invitó a toda la clase she invited the whole class

ha estado llorando toda or todita la mañana ( fam); he's been crying all morning o the whole morning

no lo he visto en todo el día/toda la semana I haven't seen him all day/all week

todo el secreto consiste en usar un buen caldo the secret of the whole thing is to use good stock

dedicó toda su vida a la investigación he dedicated his entire o whole life to research

se recorrió todo México she traveled all over Mexico

España toda lo acompaña the whole of Spain is with him

deja las cosas tiradas por todos lados he leaves things lying about everywhere o all over the place

empujó con todas sus fuerzas she pushed with all her might

todas y cada una de las necesidades de su empresa each and every one of o all of your company's needs

me gustan todos los deportes I like all sports

todos ustedes lo sabían all of you knew, you all knew

2

(uso enfático): a toda velocidad at top speed

a todo correr as fast as possible

le dieron todo tipo or toda clase de facilidades they gave him every facility

está fuera de toda duda it's beyond all doubt

a todo esto (mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; (a propósito) incidentally, by the way

a todo esto, a Juan se lo habían llevado al hospital while all this was happening o meanwhile o in the meantime they had taken Juan to (the) hospital

3 todo lo + ADJ/ADV:

puedes hacerlo todo lo largo que quieras you can make it as long as you like

B

(cualquier, cada): toda persona detenida debe ser informada de sus derechos all detainees must be informed of their rights, anyone who is detained must be informed of his or her rights

todo artículo importado all imported items, any imported item

todo tipo de información all kinds of information

todo aquél que se sienta capaz anyone who feels capable

todos los días/los jueves/los años every day/Thursday/year

todos los primeros viernes de mes the first Friday of every month

Compuesto:

todo terreno

masculine todoterreno m 1. (↑ todoterreno)

todo²

masculine

el/un todo the/a whole

dos mitades forman un todo two halves make a whole

jugarse el todo por el todo to risk o gamble everything on one throw

todo³ -da [ Grammar notes (Spanish) ]

pronoun

A (refiriéndose a un conjunto)

1 ( en sing) everything

lo han perdido todo they've lost everything

a pesar de todo la sigo queriendo despite everything I still love her

todo le parece poco he's never satisfied

come todo lo que quieras eat as much as you like

te puedes quedar todo lo que quieras you can stay as long as you like

no fue todo lo interesante que pensábamos que iba a ser it wasn't as interesting as we thought it would be

¿eso es todo? is that all?

se cree que lo sabe todo he thinks he knows it all

con él siempre es o todo o nada with him it's always (a case of) all or nothing

2 todos/todas (referido — a cosas) all; (— a personas) all, everybody

se rompieron todos they all broke

los compró todos she bought all of them

vinieron todos they all came, everybody came

son todos compañeros de clase they're all classmates

¿están todos? is everyone o everybody here?

¿estamos todos? are we all here?

B ( en locs):

con todo y con eso or con todo ( fam) (aun así) all the same, even so; (bien mirado) all in all

con todo, sigo pensando que … all the same o even so I still think that …

de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything

venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things

hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything

del todo totally

está loca del todo she's completely o totally mad

fue del todo imposible it was absolutely o totally impossible

eso no es del todo cierto that's not entirely o totally true

y todo: estropeado y todo, éste es mucho más valioso damaged though it is, this one is still much more valuable

enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work

tuvo que venir la policía y todo ( fam); the police had to come and everything ( colloq)

de todas, todas ( fam): ¿es verdad? — de todas, todas is it true? — you bet it is! ( colloq)

ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile ( colloq)

me las pagará/pagarás todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him/you for all of this

no tenerlas todas consigo to be a little worried o uneasy

ser todo uno: verla entrar y ponerse a llorar fue todo uno he saw her come in and immediately o promptly burst into tears

C ( como adv)

1 (completamente) all

está todo mojado it's all wet

iba toda vestida de negro she was dressed all in black

tiene la cara toda marcada her face is badly scarred

está toda entusiasmada con la idea del viaje she's all o terribly excited about the trip

todo alrededor del puño all o right around the cuff

2 (en frases ponderativas) quite

ya es toda una señorita she's a real young lady now, she's quite a young lady now

aquello fue todo un espectáculo that was quite a show!, that was some show!

3

(indicando cualidad predominante): el pescado era todo espinas the fish was full of bones

cuéntame, soy toda oídos tell me, I'm all ears

por toda respuesta lanzó un bufido/me guiñó el ojo his only reply was to snort/wink at me

* * *

todo 1
◊ -da adjetivo

1 ( la totalidad de) all;
◊ nos comimos todo el pan we ate all the bread;

toda la mañana all morning, the whole morning;
invitó a toda la clase she invited the whole class;
por todos lados all over the place;
todos ustedes lo sabían you all knew;
See Also→ mundo 1
2 (cualquier, cada):
◊ todo artículo importado all imported items, any imported item;

todo aquel que quiera anyone who wishes to;
todos los días every day
3 ( uso enfático):
◊ a toda velocidad at top speed;

con toda inocencia in all innocence;
le dieron todo tipo de facilidades they gave him all kind of facilities;
a todo esto ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime;

( a propósito) incidentally, by the way
■ pronombre
1
a) ( sin excluir nada) everything;

◊ lo perdieron todo they lost everything;

todo le parece poco he's never satisfied;
come todo lo que quieras eat as much as you like;
todo o nada all or nothing
b)

◊ todos/todas ( referido a — cosas) all;

(— a personas) all, everybody;
◊ los compró todos she bought all of them;

vinieron todos they all came, everybody came;
buena suerte a todos good luck to everybody;
es el más alto de todos he's the tallest of the lot o of them all;
¿están todos? is everyone o everybody here?;
todos y cada uno each and every one
2 ( en locs)
◊ con todo (y eso) (fam) ( aun así) all the same, even so;

de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything;
venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things;
hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything;
del todo totally
3 ( como adv)
a) ( completamente) all;

◊ está todo mojado it's all wet

b) ( en frases ponderativas) quite;

◊ fue todo un espectáculo it was quite a show!

todo 2 sustantivo masculino:
◊ el/un todo the/a whole;

jugarse el todo por el todo to risk o gamble everything on one throw
todo,-a
1 adjetivo
1 (la totalidad: singular) all, whole: recorrió toda España, she travelled all over Spain
toda la semana, the whole week o all week
toda tu vida, your entire life o all your life
2 (: plural) all: todos sus hermanos, all his brothers
todos lo sabíamos, we all knew
se comió todas las fresas, she ate all the strawberries
3 (todo el mundo) todos están riendo, everybody is laughing
4 (cada, cualquier) every: viene todos los meses, he comes every month
todo el que desee..., anyone who wishes to...
5 fam (intensificador) through and through: es toda una atleta, she is every inch an athlete
II pron
1 (sin excepciones, sin exclusiones) everything: lo compró todo, he bought it all
lo perdió todo, he lost everything
lo sabe todo, she knows everything
todo son problemas, there's nothing but trouble
eso es todo, that's all
(todo el mundo) todos piensan que eres muy lista, everybody thinks you're very clever
nos invitó a todos, he invited all of us
todos y cada uno, each and every one
III adv (por completo, totalmente) estaba todo convencido, he was entirely convinced
estás todo mojado, you are all wet
está todo nervioso, he's terribly o all excited
IV sustantivo masculino todo (total, suma) whole
en todo o en parte, in whole or in part
All y whole tienen significados parecidos, pero se usan en estructuras diferentes. All se coloca delante de un artículo, pronombre posesivo o demostrativo, mientras que whole se coloca después: all the world, pero the whole world; all your family, pero your whole family; all this time, pero this whole time. Recuerda que no puedes usar whole sin artículo o pronombre correspondiente ni con sustantivos que indican masa (incontables). Por tanto, la traducción de todo el vino es all the wine y no the whole wine.
El plural todos o todo el mundo se traduce por everybody o everyone. Aunque el verbo acompañante aparezca en singular, cualquier pronombre que emplees debe estar en plural: Todos deben traer sus propios bolígrafos. Everybody has to bring their (own) pens.

' todo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- acabar
- alta
- alto
- amén
- anochecer
- ante
- arramblar
- arriba
- bendita
- bendito
- bicho
- bocado
- borraja
- borrosa
- borroso
- bregar
- caballero
- cachaza
- camino
- carente
- caso
- cháchara
- color
- comandita
- comerse
- con
- conforme
- contrapelo
- contraria
- contrario
- control
- corazón
- Cristo
- cuanta
- cuanto
- danza
- decir
- delante
- derecha
- derecho
- descaminada
- descaminado
- despojar
- después
- dios
- disponer
- empeño
- encerrarse
- encima
English:
above
- above-board
- abrupt
- ache
- aching
- act up
- add up
- agreement
- ahead
- aid
- all
- all-in
- altogether
- always
- amok
- anyhow
- anything
- appearance
- as
- backdrop
- ball
- be-all and end-all
- behind
- bend
- best
- blare out I
- blast
- blast out
- blow
- blunder
- boat
- boil down
- bottom
- breast
- but
- by
- call
- careless
- character
- checklist
- cheese off
- chiefly
- clause
- clean
- clear up
- colour
- come out
- come to
- common
- comprehensive

* * *

todo, -a

♦ adj

1. [el conjunto o total de] all;

todo el día all day;

todo el libro the whole book, all (of) the book;

todo el vino all (of) the wine;

todas las manzanas all the apples;

todos los americanos all Americans;

toda esta planta está dedicada al impresionismo all (of) o the whole of this floor is devoted to impressionism;

todo un día está dedicado a visitar la ciudad a whole day is devoted to visiting the city;

todos ellos se marcharon they all left;

toda su ilusión es conocer Europa her greatest wish is to visit Europe;

por todas partes everywhere;

todo el mundo, Méx [m5] todo mundo everybody;

en todo momento at all times;

ilustraciones a todo color full-colour illustrations;

un seguro a todo riesgo a comprehensive insurance policy;

subimos la calle a toda velocidad we went up the street as fast as we could o at top speed;

todo Buenos Aires habla de ello the whole of o all of Buenos Aires is talking about it

2. [cada, cualquier] every;

todos los días/lunes every day/Monday;

como todo mexicano sabe… as every Mexican knows…, as all Mexicans know…;

todo edificio de más de veinte años pasará una revisión all buildings that are more than twenty years old will be inspected;

todo aquel que o [m5] todo el que viole las normas anybody o anyone who breaks the rules;

todos aquellos que o [m5] todos los que están en huelga all those (who are) on strike

3. [para enfatizar]
es todo un hombre he's every inch a man;

ya es toda una mujer she's a grown woman now;

fue todo un éxito it was a great success;

se produjo todo un cúmulo de casualidades there was a whole series of coincidences

4. [del todo]
el jardín estaba todo descuidado the garden was completely o all neglected;

se puso toda enojada she got all annoyed

♦ pron

1. [singular] everything;

lo vendió todo he sold everything, he sold it all;

todo está listo everything is ready, it's all ready;

todo es poco tratándose de sus hijos nothing is too much when it comes to her children;

se enoja por todo he gets angry at the slightest thing;

eso es todo that's all

Comp
Esp todo a cien [tienda] Br ≈ pound shop, US ≈ nickel-and-dime store
2.
todos [todas las personas] everybody, everyone;
[todas las cosas] all of them;
todos vinieron everybody o everyone came, they all came;

quiero agradecer a todos su cooperación I would like to thank you all o everybody o everyone for your cooperation;

¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everybody o everyone here?;

todos están rotos they're all broken, all of them are broken;

me los ha dado todos she's given me all of them, she's given me them all

3. [otras frases]
ante todo [sobre todo] above all;
[en primer lugar] first of all;
con todo (y con eso) all the same;

de todo everything (you can think of);

tenemos de todo we have everything;

puede pasar de todo anything could happen;

después de todo after all;

del todo completely;

no estoy del todo contento I'm not entirely happy;

no lo hace mal del todo she doesn't do it at all badly;

en todo y por todo entirely;

está en todo he thinks of everything;

pese a todo, a pesar de todo in spite of o despite everything;

todo lo más at (the) most;

y todo: me invitó a cenar y todo she even asked me to dinner;

se presentó en la fiesta con muletas y todo he turned up at the party, crutches and all;

Comp

de todas todas without a shadow of a doubt;

Comp

fue todo uno: subirse al barco y marearse fue todo uno no sooner had he got on the boat than he felt sick

♦ nm

whole;

jugarse el todo por el todo to stake everything

♦ adv
[totalmente]
el camarero era todo amabilidad the waiter was all friendliness, the waiter was extremely friendly;

esa chica es todo huesos that girl is all skin and bones;

Comp

soy todo oídos I'm all ears

♦ a todo esto loc adv
[mientras tanto] meanwhile; [a propósito] by the way
* * *

todo

I adj all;

todos los domingos every Sunday;

toda la clase the whole o the entire class

II adv all;

estaba todo sucio it was all dirty;

con todo all the same;

del todo entirely, absolutely

III pron all, everything; pl everybody, everyone;

estaban todos everybody was there;

esto es todo cuanto sé that’s all I know

IV en locuciones

:

o todo o nada all or nothing;

de todas todas fam without a shadow of a doubt;

ir a por todas go all out;

estar en todo be on top of things

* * *

todo, -da adj

1) : all, whole, entire

con toda sinceridad: with all sincerity

toda la comunidad: the whole community

2) : every, each

a todo nivel: at every level

3) : maximum

a toda velocidad: at top speed

4)

todo el mundo : everyone, everybody

todo nm

: whole

todo, -da pron

1) : everything, all, every bit

lo sabe todo: he knows it all

es todo un soldado: he's every inch a soldier

2) todos, -das pl

: everybody, everyone, all

* * *

todo¹ adj

1. (en general) all

toda la familia all the family

todo el día all day

2. (cada) every

todos los días every day

todos los veranos every summer

3. (la totalidad de) whole

toda la ciudad the whole city

jugué todo el partido I played the whole match

4. (uso enfático) quite

este premio es todo un logro this prize is quite an achievement

a toda velocidad at top speed

todo el mundo everyone / everybody

todo² adv all

iba toda vestida de rojo she was all dressed in red

soy todo oídos I'm all ears

todo³ pron

1. (en general) all

me llamaron todos they all phoned me

se lo comió todo he ate all of it

2. (todas las cosas) everything

le gusta todo she likes everything

se comió todo he ate everything

3. (toda la gente) everyone / everybody

vinieron todos everyone came

ante todo above all

con todo even so

del todo totally

sobre todo especially

Spanish-English dictionary > todo
6 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
7 ALLR

(öll, allt), a.

1) all, entire, whole;

hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all the heritage after me;

af öllum hug, with all (one’s) heart;

hvítr allr, white all over;

bú allt, the whole estate;

allan daginn, the whole day;

í allri veröld, in the whole world;

allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight;

with addition of ‘saman’;

allt saman féit, the whole amount;

um þenna hernað allan saman, all together;

2) used almost adverbially, all, quite, entirely;

klofnaði hann allr í sundr, he was all cloven asunder, kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was altogether bewildered;

var Hrappr allr brottu, quite gone;

allr annarr maðr, quite another man;

3) gone, past;

áðr þessi dagr er allr, before this day is past;

var þá óll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all over;

allt er nú mitt megin, my strength is exhausted, gone;

4) departed, dead (þá er Geirmundr var allr);

5) neut. sing. (allt) used. as a subst. in the sense of all, everything;

eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game;

þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt;

hér er skammætt allt, here everything is transient;

with a compar. all the more (því öllu þungbærri);

with gen., allt missera (= öll misseri), all the year round;

allt annars, all the rest;

at öllu annars, in all other respects;

alls fyrst, first of all;

alls mest, most of all;

in adverbial phrases: at öllu, in all respects, in every way;

í öllu, in everything;

með öllu, wholly, quite;

neita með öllu, to refuse outright;

6) pl. allir (allar, öll), as adj. or substantively, all (þeir gengu út allir);

ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, from all the quarters of the land;

allir aðrir, all others, every one else;

flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of;

gen. pl. (allra) as an intensive with superlatives, of all things, all the more;

nú þykkir mér þat allra sýnst, er, all the more likely, as;

allra helzt, er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear;

allra sízt, least of all.

* * *

öll, allt, and alt, adj. [Ulf. alls = πας, άπας, όλος; A. S. eall; Engl. and Germ. all].

A. In sing. as adj. or substantively, cunctus, totus, omnis:

I. all, entire, the whole; hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all my heritage after me, Nj. 3; um alla þingsafglöpun, every kind of þ., 150; gaf hann þat allt, all, 101; at öllum hluta, in totum, Grág. i. 245; allr heilagr dómr, the whole body of Christians, ii. 165; á öllu því máli, Fms. vii. 311; allu fólki, thewhole people, x. 273; hvitr allr, white all over, 655 xxxii. 21; bú allt, thewhole estate, Grág. i. 244; fyrir allt dagsljós, before any dawn of light, Hom. 41: with the addition of saman = άπας—Icel. now in fem. sing. and n. pl. say öll sömun, and even n. sing. allt samant; in old writers saman is indecl.,—the whole, Germ. sänmtlich, zusammen; allt saman féit, thewhole amount, entire, Grág. ii. 148; þenna hernað allan saman, all together, Fms. i. 144; fyrir allan saman ójafnað þann, Sd. 157. Metaph. in the phrase, at vera ekki allr þar sem hann er sénn (séðr), of persons of deep, shrewd characters, not to be seen through, but also with a feeling of something ‘uncanny’ about them, Fms. xi. 157 (a familiar phrase); ekki er oil nótt úti enn, sagði draugrinn, the night is not all over yet, said the ghost, ‘the Ides are not past’ (a proverb), v. Ísl. Þjóðs.

2. all, entire, full; allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight, Nj. 7; þar til er Kjartani þykir allt mál upp, until Kjartan thought it was high time, of one nearly (or) well-nigh drowned, Hkr. i. 286.

II. metaph. past, gone, dead, extinct; perh. ellipt., vera allr í brottu, quite gone, Eb. 112 new Ed.; var Hrappr þá allr í brottu, Nj. 132; then by an ellipsis of ‘brottu,’ or the like, allr simply = past, gone:

α. past, of time; seg þú svá fremi frá því er þessi dagr er allr, when this day is past, Nj. 96, Fms. ii. 38, 301; var þá öll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all gone, Fms. ix. 428; allt er mi mitt megin, my strength is gone, exhausted, Str.

β. dead; þá er Geirmundr var allr, gone, dead, Landn. (Hb.) 124; síz Gunnarr at Hlíðarenda var allr, since G. of Lithend was dead and gone (v. l. to lézt), Nj. 142; sem faðir þeirra væri allr, after his death, Stj. 127; þá er Nói var allr, 66; en sem hann var allr, 100; eptir þat er Sara var öll, after all Sara’s days were over, 139, 140, 405; á vegum allr hygg ek at at ek verða munu, that I shall perish on the way, Gg. verse 5; með því at þú ert gamlaðr mjök, þá munu þeir eigi út koma fyr en þú ert allr, Háv. 57; still freq. in Swed., e. g. blifwa all af bekumring, be worn out with sorrow; vinet blev alt, fell short; tiden er all, past.

III. used almost adverbially, when it may be translated by all, quite, just, entirely; klofnaði hann allr í sundr, was all cloven asunder, Nj. 205; er sá nú allr einn í þínu liði er nú hefir eigi höfuðs, ok hinn, er þá eggiaði hins versta verks er eigi var fram komit, where it seems, however, rather to mean one and the same … or the very same …, thus, and he is now one and the same man in thy band, who has now lost his head, and he who then egged thee on to the worst work when it was still undone, or the very same, … who, Nj. 213; vil ek at sú görð häldist öll, in all its parts, 256; kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was all bewildered, Ld. 74.

IV. neut. sing. used as a subst. in the sense of all, everything, in every respect; ok for svá með öllu, sem …, acted in everything as…, Nj. 14, Ld. 54; ok lát sem þú þykist þar allt eiga, that you depend upon him in all, Fms. xi. 113; eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game, Nj. 235: í alls vesöld, in all misery, Ver. 4; alls mest, most of all, especially, Fms. ii. 137 C, Fs. 89 (in a verse); in mod. usage, allra mest, cp. below. The neut. with a gen.; allt missera, all the year round, Hom. 73; allt annars, all the rest, Grág. ii. 141; at öllu annars, in all other respects, K. Þ. K. 98; þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt, Fas. i. 338. In the phrases, at öllu, in all respects, Fms. i. 21, Grág. i. 431; ef hann á eigi at öllu framfærsluna, if he be not the sole supporter, 275: úreyndr at öllu, untried in every way, Nj. 90; cp. Engl. not at all, prop. not in every respect, analogous to never, prop. not always: fyrir alls sakir, in every respect, Grág. ii. 47, Fas. i. 252: í öllu, in everything, Nj. 90, 228: með öllu, wholly, quite, dauðr með öllu, quite dead, 153; neita með öllu, to refuse outright, Fms. i. 35, 232, Boll. 342: um allt, in respect of everything, Nj. 89; hence comes the adverb ávalt, ever = of allt = um allt, prop. in every respect, v. ávalt.

V. the neut. sing. allt is used as an adv., right up to, as far as, all the way; Brynjólfr gengr allt at honum, close to him, Nj. 58; kómu allt at bænum, 79; allt at búðardyrunum, right up to the very door of the booth, 247; allt norðr urn Stað, all along north, round Cape Stad, Fms. vii. 7; suðr allt í Englands haf, iv. 329; verit allt út í Miklagarð, as far out as Constantinople, ii. 7, iv. 250, 25; allt á klofa, Bárð. 171.

2. everywhere, in all places; at riki Eireks konungs mundi allt yfir standa í Eyjunum, might stretch over the whole of the Islands, Eg. 405; Sigröðr var konungr allt um Þrændalög, over all Drontheim, Fms. i. 19; bjoggu þar allt fyrir þingmenn Runólfs goða, the liegemen of R. the priest were in every house, ii. 234 ( = í hverju húsi, Bs. i. 20); allt norðr um Rogaland, all the way north over the whole of R., Fms. iv. 251; vóru svirar allt gulli búnir, all overlaid with gold, vi. 308; hafið svá allt kesjurnar fyrir, at ekki megi á ganga, hold your spears everywhere (all along the line) straight before you, that they (the enemy) may not come up to you, 413; allt imdir innviðuna ok stafnana, vii. 82.

3. nearly = Lat. jam, soon, already; vóru allt komin fyrir hann bréf, warrants of arrest were already in his way, Fms. vii. 207; var allt skipat liðinu til fylkingar, the troops were at once drawn up in array, 295; en allt hugðum vér ( still we thought) at fara með spekt um þessi héruð, Boll. 346.

4. temp. all through, until; allt til Júnsvöku, Ann. 1295; allt um daga Hákonar konungs, all through the reign of king Hacon, Bs. i. 731.

5. in phrases such as, allt at einu, all one, all in the same way, Fms. i. 113. In Icel. at present allt að einu means all the same: allt eins, nevertheless; ek ætla þó utan a. eins, Ísl. ii. 216; hann neitaði allt eins at…, refused all the same, Dipl. iii. 13; allt eins hraustliga, not the less manly, Fms. xi. 443. The mod. Icel. use is a little different, namely = as, in similes = just as; allt eins og blómstrið eina (a simile), just as the flower, the initial words of the famous hymn by Hallgrim.

6. by adding ‘of’ = far too …, much too …, Karl. 301 (now freq.)

7. with a comparative, much, far, Fms. vi. 45 (freq.)

VI. neut. gen. alls [cp. Ulf. allis = όλως; A. S. ealles], used as an adv., esp. before a negative (ekki, hvergi), not a bit, not at all, no how, by no means; þeir ugðu alls ekki at sér, they were not a bit afraid, Nj. 252; hræðumst vér hann nú alls ekki, we do not care a bit for him, 260; á hólmgöngu er vandi en alls ekki ( none at all) á einvigi, Korm. 84; en junkherra Eiríkr þóttist ekki hafa, ok kallaði sik Eirík alls ekki (cp. Engl. lackland), Fms. x. 160; alls hvergi skal sök koma undir enn þriðja mann, no how, in no case, by no means, Grág. i. 144: sometimes without a negative following it; ær alls geldar, ewes quite barren, Grág. i. 502; hafrar alls geldir, id.; alls vesall, altogether wretched, Nj. 124; alls mjök stærist hann nú, very much, Stj.; a. mest, especially, Fs. 89, Fms. ii. 137. In connection with numbers, in all, in the whole; tólf vóru þau alls á skipi, twelve were they all told in the ship, Ld. 142; tíu Íslenzkir menn alls, 164; alls fórust níu menn, the slain were nine in all, Ísl. ii. 385; verða alls sárir þrír eða fleiri, Grág. ii. 10; alls mánuð, a full month, i. 163; þeir ala eitt barn alls á aefi sinni, Rb. 346.

β. with addition of ‘til’ or ‘of’ = far too much; alls of lengi, far too long a time, Fms. i. 140; hefnd alls til lítil, much too little, vi. 35.

B. In pl. allir, allar, öll, as adj. or substantively:

1. used absol. all; þeir gengu út allir, all men, altogether, Nj. 80; Síðan bjoggust þeir heiman allir, 212; Gunnarr reið ok beir allir, 48; hvikit þér allir, 78, etc.

2. as adj., alla höfðingja, all the chiefs, Nj. 213; ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, all the quarters of the land, 222; at vitni guðs ok allra heilagra manna, all the saints, Grág. ii. 22; í allum orrostum, in all the battles, Fms. x. 273; Josep ok allir hans ellifu bræðr, Stj., etc.

3. by adding aðrir, flestir, etc.; allir aðrir, all other, everyone else, Nj. 89, Fms. xi. 135: flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of, v. flestr; in mod. use flestallir, flest being indecl.: allir saman, altogether, Nj. 80.

4. adverb., Gregorius hafði eigi öll fjögr hundruð, not all, not quite, four hundred, Fms. vii. 255.

5. used ellipt., allir ( everybody) vildu leita þér vegs, Nj. 78.

6. gen. pl. allra, when followed by superl. neut. adj. or adv., of all things, all the more; en nú þyki mér þat allra sýnst er …, all the more likely, as …, Ld. 34; allra helzt er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear, Fms. ix. 330; allra helzt ef hann fellr meir, all the rather, if …, Grág. ii. 8; allra sízt, least of all, 686 B. 2; bæn sú kemr til þess allra mest, especially, Hom. 149: very freq. at present in Icel., and used nearly as Engl. very, e. g. allra bezt, the very best; a. hæst, neðst, fyrst, the very highest, lowest, foremost, etc.

C. alls is used as a prefix to several nouns in the gen., in order to express something common, general, universal.

COMPDS: allsendis, allsháttar, allsherjar, allsherjarbúð, allsherjardómr, allsherjarfé, allsherjargoði, allsherjarlið, allsherjarlýðr, allsherjarlög, allsherjarþing, allskonar, allskostar, allskyns, allsstaðar, allsvaldandi, allrahanda, allraheilagra.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALLR
8 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
9 στόμα

στόμα, τό, [dialect] Aeol. [full] στύμα Theoc.29.25; gen. στόματος, but

A στομάτοιο Hymn.Mag.2(2).10
,28:— mouth, Il.14.467, etc.; σύν τε στόμ' ἐρεῖσαι Od.11.426
; ἱμείρων γλυκεροῦ ς. Sol.25; of animals, Hes.Sc. 146, 389, S.Ph. 1156 (lyr.), etc.:—pl. is sts. used for sg., ἀμφιπίπτων στόμασιν, of kissing, Id.Tr. 938, cf. E.Alc. 403 (lyr.), and freq. in later Poets, A.R. 4.1607, Nic.Al. 210, 240, etc.: metaph., πτολέμοιο, ὑσμίνης στόμα, the very jaws of the battle, as of a devouring monster, Il.10.8, 20.359 (but cf. infr. 111.1).

2 esp. the mouth as the organ of speech, δέκα μὲν γλῶσσαι, δέκα δὲ στόματ' 2.489
, cf. Thgn.18; βραχύ μοι σ. πάντ' ἀνᾱγήσασθαι Pi.N.10.19
; freq. in Trag., σ. τὸ Δῖον the mouth of Zeus, A.Pr. 1032; τὸ Φοίβου θεῖον ἀψευδὲς ς. Id.Fr.350.5, cf. S.OC 603; τοῦ στόματος τὸ στρογγύλον Ar.Fr. 471
; Μοισᾶν καπυρὸν ς. their mouthpiece, organ, Theoc.7.37, cf. Mosch.3.72; Πιερίδων τὸ σοφὸν ς., of Homer, AP7.4 (Paul. Sil.), cf. 7.6 (Antip. Sid.), 7.75 (Antip.), 9.184; τὸ μισόχρηστον σ. τῆς κωμῳδίας Phld. Piet.p.93G.
; speech, utterance, S.OT 426, 706, OC 132 (lyr.), etc.; εἰς τόδ' ἐξελθόντος ἀνόσιον ς. ib. 981; κἂν καλὸν φορῇ ς. Id.Fr. 930; τὸ σὸν.. σ. ἐλεινόν Id.OT 671
; διδόναι σ. καὶ σοφίαν Ev.Luc.21.15
: in pl. of a single speaker, S.OT 1220 (lyr.):—special phrases: οἴγειν ς. A. Pr. 611; τοὐμὸν οὐ λύω ς. E.Hipp. 1060, cf. Isoc.12.96; διᾶραι τὸ ς. D. 19.112; κοίμησον ς. keep silence, A.Ag. 1247; δάκνειν ς., i.e. to keep a stern silence (cf. ὀδάξ), Id.Fr. 397; ἴσχε δακὼν σ. σόν S.Tr. 977
(anap.); ὀδόντι πρῖε τὸ ς. Id.Fr. 897; so κλῄσας ς. E.Ph. 865; οὐκ ἐφέξετε ς.; Id.Hec. 1283; σῖγ' ἕξομεν ς. Id.Hipp. 660; εὖ ἔχειν σ.,= εὐφημεῖν, Eup. 381; συγκλῄειν ς. Ar.Th.40(anap.):—of style, τὸ Λυσιακὸν ς. D.H.Lys. 12.

3 with Preps.,

a ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχειν have always in one's mouth, whether for good or ill, E.El.80; ἀνὰ σ. καὶ διὰ γλώσσης ἔχειν Id.Andr.95
.

b ἀπὸ στόματος εἰπεῖν speak from memory (cf. ἀπὸ γλώσσης), Pl.Tht. 142d, X.Mem.3.6.9, Philem.48, Plu.Sol.8, etc.

c διὰ στόμα λέγειν A.Th. 579
, cf. E.Or. 103 (so κατὰ τὸ σ. ᾄδειν Ar.Nu. 158
); διὰ στόμα ἔχειν Id.Lys. 855
; οἶκτος οὔτις ἦν διὰ στόμα A.Th.51
; πᾶσι διὰ στόματος 'tis the common talk, Theoc.12.21.

d ἐν στόμασι εἶχον Hdt.3.157
, 6.136; πολλῶν κείμενος ἐν στόμασιν Thgn.240
; ἐν τῷ σ. λέγειν Ar.Ach. 198
.

e ἐξ ἑνὸς σ. with one voice, Id.Eq. 670. Pl.R. 364a, PGiss.36.13 (ii B.C.), Gal.15.763; so ὡς ἀφ' ἑνὸς ς. AP11.159 (Lucill.).

f ἐπὶ στόμα on one's face, face-foremost, ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς.. ἐπὶ ς. Il.6.43, cf. 16.410; ὡς κύων ἐπὶ σ. κείμενος Archil.Supp.2.9
; ὗς ἔκειτ' ἐπὶ ς. Men.21; ἐπὶ σ. κεῖται lies prone, of the right ventricle, Hp.Cord.4; ἐπὶ ς.,= pronus, Gloss.; ἐπὶ σ. πεσόντα Plu.Art.29
; ἐπὶ σ. φερόμενον ἐν πᾶσι Timae.
ap.Plb.12.8.4; also ὅ τι νῦν ἦλθ' ἐπὶ ς. whatever came uppermost, A.Fr. 351; ἐπὶ στόματος Φαραώ by the command of P., LXX 4 Ki.23.35.

g κατὰ στόμα face to face, Hdt.8.11, E.Heracl. 801, Rh. 409, X.An.5.2.26; οἱ κατὰ σ. θεοί (cf. ἀντήλιοι) E.Fr.781.33; κατὰ σ. τινός confronted with him, Pl.Lg. 855d; στόμα κατὰ στόμα λαλήσω αὐτῷ LXXNu.12.8
; στόμα πρὸς στόμα 2 Ep.Jo.12
, 3 Ep.Jo.14, PMag.Berol.1.39.

II mouth of a river, Il.12.24, Od.5.441, A.Pr. 847, Hdt.2.17, etc.; so ἠϊόνος σ. μακρόν the wide mouth of the bay, Il.14.36, cf. Od.10.90; σ. τοῦ Πόντου Th.4.75
; κόλπου ib.49; τὸ σ. τῆς ἐσβολῆς Ar.Ec. 1107
; τὸ ἄνω σ. [τῆς διώρυχος] the width of the trench at top, Hdt.7.23 (but τὰ σ. τ. δ. mouths, ib.37).

2 any outlet or entrance, ἀργαλέον σ. λαύρης Od.22.137
; σ. τῆς ἀγυιᾶς X.Cyr.2.4.4
; σ. φρέατος Id.An.4.5.25
; καδίσκου Ar.Fr. 581
, cf. AP6.251 (Phil.); χθόνιον Ἄιδα ς. Pi.P.4.44; τὰ τῶν διεξόδων ς. Pl.Phdr. 251d; ἑπτάπυλον ς. the seven gates of Thebes, S.Ant. 119 (lyr.): Medic., τῶν μητρέων, τῶν ὑστερέων,= os uteri (not distinguished from the cervix), Hp.Mul.1.36, Aph.5.46; τῆς κοιλίας Arist.APo. 94b15
, Sor.1.50; γαστρός Nic.Al.20
, Gal.5.274; [ ἕλκους] Arist.Pr. 863a11.

III foremost part, face, front:

1 of weapons, point, κατὰ στόμα εἱμένα χαλκῷ Il.15.389
; [ὁ κριὸς] ἔχει σ. σιδηροῦν Ath.
Mech.24.2; τὸ σ. τῆς αἰχμῆς Philostr.Her.19.4
; edge of a sword, μαχαίρας Ascl.Tact.3.5
, Ev.Luc.21.24, etc.: metaph., ἐθηλύνθην ς. S.Aj. 651.

b the front ranks of the battle, the front, ἀπὸ στόματος (opp. ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς) X.An.3.4.42, cf. HG4.3.4; τὸ σ. τοῦ πλαισίου Id.An.3.4.43
, cf. 5.4.22, Plb.10.12.7 (so perh. σ. πολέμοιο, ὑσμίνης in Hom., v. supr.1.1).

c τὸ τῶν λοχαγῶν τάγμα σ. καλεῖται Ascl.Tact.2.5
.

2 ἄκρον σ. πύργων the edge or top of the towers, E.Ph. 1166; πρὸς τῷ σ. τοῦ βίου at the very verge of life, X.Ages.11.15.

3 = ὀμφαλός 111.3, Ael.Tact.7.3. (Cf. Avest. staman-, m. 'mouth (of dog)', Welsh safn 'mouth'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > στόμα
10 πρῶτος

πρῶτος, η, ον (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).

① pert. to being first in a sequence, inclusive of time, set (number), or space, first of several, but also when only two persons or things are involved (=πρότερος; exx. in Hdb. on J 1:15; Rdm.² 71f; Thackeray 183; s. also Mlt. 79; 245; B-D-F §62; Rob. 516; 662; and s. Mt 21:31 v.l.).

ⓐ of time first, earliest, earlier

α. as adj. ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν Phil 1:5; cp. Ac 20:18 (on the absence of the art. [also Phil 1:5 v.l.] s. B-D-F §256; Rob. 793). ἡ πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16 (MMeinertz, Worauf bezieht sich die πρώτη ἀπολογία 2 Ti 4:16?: Biblica 4, 1923, 390–94). ἡ πρ. διαθήκη Hb 9:15. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη 20:5f. ἡ πρώτη ὅρασις Hv 3, 10, 3; 3, 11, 2; 4. ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ πρ. 2 Cl 14:1.—Subst. τὰ πρ. … τὰ ἔσχατα (Job 8:7): γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων Mt 12:45; cp. Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20; Hv 1, 4, 2. οἱ πρῶτοι (those who came earlier, as Artem. 2, 9 p. 93, 19 those who appeared earlier) Mt 20:10; cp. vs. 8. ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων 21:36. Cp. 27:64. πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν the first to rise from the dead Ac 26:23. ὁ πρῶτος the first one J 5:4; 1 Cor 14:30. On the self-designation of the Risen Lord ὁ πρ. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος Rv 1:17; 2:8; 22:13; s. ἔσχατος 2b (πρ. of God: Is 44:6; 48:12).—As a predicate adj., where an adv. can be used in English (ParJer 1:8 εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ πρῶτος ἀνοίξω τὰς πύλας; B-D-F §243; Rob. 657), as the first one = first ἦλθεν πρῶτος he was the first one to come = he came first J 20:4; cp. vs. 8. πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει Ro 10:19. Ἀβραὰμ πρῶτος περιτομὴν δούς Abraham was the first to practice circumcision B 9:7. οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ πρῶτοι κτισθέντες the angels who were created first Hv 3, 4, 1; Hs 5, 5, 3.—1 Ti 2:13; 1J 4:19; AcPlCor 2:9.—ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ in me as the first 1 Ti 1:16.—Used w. a gen. of comparison (Ocelus Luc. 3 ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον τοῦ παντός ἐστιν=prior to the All; Manetho 1, 329; Athen. 14, 28 p. 630c codd.) πρῶτός μου ἦν he was earlier than I = before me J 1:15, 30 (PGM 13, 543 σοῦ πρῶτός εἰμι.—Also Ep. 12 of Apollonius of Tyana: Philostrat. I p. 348, 30 τὸ τῇ τάξει δεύτερον οὐδέποτε τῇ φύσει πρῶτον). So perh. also ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν 15:18 (s. β below) and πάντων πρώτη ἐκτίσθη Hv 2, 4, 1.—As a rule the later element is of the same general nature as the one that precedes it. But it can also be someth. quite different, even its exact opposite: τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12. τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες Rv 2:4.—Used elliptically ἡ πρώτη (i.e. ἡμέρα sim. Polyb. 5, 19, 1; 18, 27, 2 τῇ πρώτῃ) τῶν ἀζύμων Mt 26:17. πρώτῃ σαββάτου on the first day of the week Mk 16:9. In some of the passages mentioned above the idea of sequence could be predom.

β. the neuter πρῶτον as adv., of time first, in the first place, before, earlier, to begin with (Peripl. Eryth. 4; Chariton 8, 2, 4; ApcEsdr 3:11; Just., D. 2, 4) πρῶτον πάντων first of all Hv 5:5a. ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι let me first go and bury Mt 8:21. συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια gather the weeds first 13:30. Cp. 17:10, 11 v.l.; Mk 7:27; 9:11f; 13:10; Lk 9:59, 61; 12:1 ( first Jesus speaks to his disciples, and only then [vs. 15] to the people. If one prefers to take πρ. w. what follows, as is poss., it has mng. 2a); 14:28, 31; J 7:51; 18:13; Ac 26:20; Ro 15:24 al. in NT; B 15:7; Hv 3, 1, 8; 3, 6, 7; 3, 8, 11; 5:5b. τότε πρῶτον then for the first time Ac 11:26 D. πρῶτον … καὶ τότε first … and then (Sir 11:7; Jos., Ant. 13, 187) Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; IEph 7:2. τότε is correlative w. πρῶτον without καί J 2:10 v.l. Likew. πρῶτον … εἶτα (εἶτεν) first … then (Just., D. 33, 2 al.; s. εἶτα 1) Mk 4:28; 1 Ti 3:10; B 6:17. πρῶτον … ἔπειτα (ἔπειτα 2) 1 Cor 15:46; 1 Th 4:16. πρῶτον … μετὰ ταῦτα Mk 16:9, s. vs. 12. πρῶτον … εἶτα … μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Cl 23:4; 2 Cl 11:3 (in both cases the same prophetic saying of unknown origin). πρῶτον … ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Ac 7:12.—Pleonastically πρῶτον πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου Lk 11:38.—W. gen. (Chariton 5, 4, 9 cod. πρῶτον τ. λόγων=before it comes to words) ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν it hated me before ( it hated) you J 15:18 (but s. 1aα).—W. the art. τὸ πρῶτον (Hom. et al.; Jos., Ant. 8, 402; 14, 205) the first time J 10:40; 19:39; at first (Diod S 1, 85, 2; Jos., Ant. 2, 340) 12:16; 2 Cl 9:5. τὰ πρῶτα (Hom. et al.; Appian, Syr. 15 §64; Ps.-Phoc. 8) the first time, at first MPol 8:2.

ⓑ of number or sequence (the area within which this sense is valid cannot be marked off w. certainty from the area 1aα)

α. as adj. Mt 21:28; 22:25; Mk 12:20; Lk 14:18; 16:5; 19:16; 20:29; J 19:32; Ac 12:10; 13:33 v.l.; Rv 4:7; 8:7; 21:19; Hs 9, 1, 5. τὸ πρῶτον … τὸ δεύτερον (Alex. Aphr., An. p. 28, 9 Br.) Hb 10:9. On πρώτης τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις Ac 16:12 s. μερίς 1 and RAscough, NTS 44, ’98, 93–103.—Since πρῶτος can stand for πρότερος (s. 1 at beg.; also Mlt-Turner 32), it by no means follows from τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον Ac 1:1 that the writer of Luke and of Ac must have planned to write a third book (Zahn, NKZ 28, 1917, 373ff, Comm. 1919, 16ff holds that he planned to write a third volume; against this view s. EGoodspeed, Introd. to the NT ’37, 189; Haenchen, et al.—Athenaeus 15, 701c mentions the first of Clearchus’ two books on proverbs with the words ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν, but 10, 457c with ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ περὶ παροιμιῶν. Diod S 1, 42, 1 the first half of a two-part work is called ἡ πρώτη βίβλος and 3, 1, 1 mentions a division into πρώτη and δευτέρα βίβ. In 13, 103, 3 the designation for the first of two works varies between ἡ πρώτη σύνταξις and ἡ προτέρα ς. See Haenchen on Ac 1:1).—πρῶτος is also used without any thought that the series must continue: τὸν πρῶτον ἰχθύν the very first fish Mt 17:27. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο Lk 2:2, likewise, does not look forward in the direction of additional censuses, but back to a time when there were none at all (Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 227 D. παράκλησις αὕτη [=challenge to a sea-fight] πρώτη ἐγένετο; for interpolation theory s. JWinandy, RB 104, ’97, 372–77; cp. BPearson, CBQ, ’99, 262--82).—τὰ τείχη τὰ πρῶτα Hs 8, 6, 6 does not contrast the ‘first walls’ w. other walls; rather it distinguishes the only walls in the picture (Hs 8, 7, 3; 8, 8, 3) as one edifice, from the tower as the other edifice.

β. adv., the neuter πρῶτον of sequence in enumerations (not always clearly distinguished fr. sense 1aβ) first πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον … 1 Cor 12:28 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 20 II, 10ff [II A.D.] τὸ πρ. … τὸ δεύτερον … τὸ τρίτον. Without the art. 480, 12ff [II A.D.]; Diod S 36, 7, 3; Tat. 40, 1). See Hb 7:2; Js 3:17.—Not infrequently Paul begins w. πρῶτον μέν without continuing the series, at least in form (B-D-F §447, 4; Rob. 1152. For πρ. without continuation s. Plat., Ep. 7, 337b, Plut., Mor. 87b; Jos., Ant. 1, 182; Ath. 27, 1 πρῶτα μέν) Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. S. also 2 Cl 3:1.

ⓒ of space outer, anterior σκηνὴ ἡ πρώτη the outer tent, i.e. the holy place Hb 9:2; cp. vss. 6, 8.

② pert. to prominence, first, foremost, most important, most prominent

ⓐ adj.

α. of things (Ocellus [II B.C.] 56 Harder [1926] πρώτη κ. μεγίστη φυλακή; Ael. Aristid. 23, 43 K.=42 p. 783 D.: πόλεις; Ezk 27:22; PsSol 17:43; χρυσίον τὸ πρῶτον τίμιον; JosAs 15:10) ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή Mt 22:38; cp. Mk 12:29. ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων vs. 28 (OLehmann, TU 73, ’59, 557–61 [rabb.]; CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, cites JosAs 15:10; 18:5). Without superl. force ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ a commandment of great importance, with a promise attached Eph 6:2 (the usual transl. ‘first commandment w. a promise’ [NRSV, REB et al.] loses sight of the fact that Ex 20:4–6=Dt 5:8–10 has an implied promise of the same kind as the one in Ex 20:12=Dt 5:16. πρ. here is best taken in the same sense as in Mk 12:29 above). στολὴν τὴν πρώτην the special robe Lk 15:22 (JosAs 15:10).—ἐν πρώτοις among the first = most important things, i.e. as of first importance 1 Cor 15:3 (Pla., Pol. 522c ὸ̔ καὶ παντὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἀνάγκη μανθάνειν; Epict., Ench. 20; Mitt-Wilck I/2, 14 II, 9 ἐν πρώτοις ἐρωτῶ σε; Josh 9:2d).

β. of persons (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 35 πρ. καὶ μέγιστος θεός; TestAbr B 4 p. 108, 18 [Stone p. 64]; ApcSed 5:2; Jos., Ant. 15, 398; Just., A I, 60, 5 al. τὸν πρῶτον θεόν) ὸ̔ς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος whoever wishes to be the first among you Mt 20:27; Mk 10:44; cp. 9:35. πρῶτος Σίμων Mt 10:2 is not meant to indicate the position of Simon in the list, since no other numbers follow, but to single him out as the most prominent of the twelve. W. gen. ὧν (=τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) πρῶτός εἰμι 1 Ti 1:15. Pl. (οἱ) πρῶτοι in contrast to (οἱ) ἔσχατοι Mt 19:30; 20:16; Mk 9:35; 10:31; Lk 13:30; Ox 654, 25f (cp. GTh 4; sim. Sallust. 9 p. 16, 21f τοῖς ἐσχάτοις … τοῖς πρώτοις; s. ἔσχατος 2).—αἱ πρώται prominent women (in the phrase γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι) Ac 17:4 (s. New Docs 1, 72). οἱ πρῶτοι the most prominent men, the leading men w. gen. of place (Jos., Ant. 7, 230 τῆς χώρας) οἱ πρ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mk 6:21; cp. Ac 13:50 (in phrasing sim. to πολλὰς μὲν γυναῖκας εὐγενεῖς καὶ τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν ἤισχυναν=‘they dishonored many well-born women as well as men of high station’ Theopomp.: 115 Fgm. 121 Jac. p. 563, 33f), or of a group (Strabo 13, 2, 3 οἱ πρ. τῶν φίλων; Jos., Ant. 20, 180) οἱ πρ. τοῦ λαοῦ (Jos., Ant. 11, 141) Lk 19:47; cp. Ac 25:2; 28:17. On ὁ πρῶτος τῆς νήσου vs. 7 (πρῶτος Μελιταίων IGR I, 512=IG XIV, 601; cp. CB I/2, 642 no. 535 ὁ πρῶτος ἐν τῇ πόλει; p. 660 no. 616; SEG XLI, 1345, 14f; cp. CIL X, 7495, 1; s. Hemer, Acts 153, n. 152; Warnecke, Romfahrt 119ff) s. Πόπλιος.

ⓑ adv. πρῶτον of degree in the first place, above all, especially (Jos., Ant. 10, 213) ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν Mt 6:33. Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι Ro 1:16; cp. 2:9f.—Ac 3:26; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. Of the Macedonian Christians ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶτον τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν they gave themselves first of all to the Lord, and (then) to us 2 Cor 8:5. παρακαλῶ πρῶτον πάντων first of all I urge 1 Ti 2:1.—B. 939. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρῶτος
11 त्रि _tri

त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].

-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.

-2 a third part.

-3 three-fourths.

-अक्ष a. triocular.

-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.

-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.

-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).

-3 a genealogist. (

-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.

-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.

-2 a sort of colly- rium. (

-टः) N. of Śiva.

-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).

-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.

-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.

-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.

-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.

-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (

नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.

-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).

-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (

-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.

-अब्द a. three years old.

-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.

-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.

-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī

-अशीत a. eighty-third.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.

-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.

-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (

-स्रम्) a triangle.

-अहः 1 a period of three days.

-2 a festival lasting three days.

-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.

-आहिक a.

1 performed or produced in three days.

-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).

-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.

-ऋचम् (

तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.

-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.

-ककुद् m.

1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.

-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 the highest, chief.

-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.

-ककुभ् m. Ved.

1 Indra.

-2 Indra's thunderbolt.

-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.

-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.

-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.

-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).

-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.

-कायः N. of Buddha.

-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.

-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (

-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)

1 a divine sage, seer.

-2 a deity.

-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.

1 a Buddha.

-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).

-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.

-कूटम् sea-salt.

कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.

-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.

(-णः) 1 a triangle.

-2 the vulva.

-खम् 1 tin.

-2 a cucumber.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.

-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.

-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.

-गत a.

1 tripled.

-2 done in three days.

-गर्ताः (pl.)

1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.

-2 the people or rulers of that country.

-3 a particular mode of calculation.

-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.

-2 a woman in general.

-3 a pearl.

-4 a kind of cricket.

-गुण a.

1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.

-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.

-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (

-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.

-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.

(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.

-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.

-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.

-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.

-जगत् n.

-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.

-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).

-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.

-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.

-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.

-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.

-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.

-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.

-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).

-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.

-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.

-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.

-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (

-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.

-दण्डिन् m.

1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.

-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.

-दशाः (pl.)

1 thirty.

-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (

-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः

1 heaven.

-2 the mountain Meru.

-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः

1 Indra.

-2 Śiva.

-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः

1 Agni.

-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.

-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.

-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.

-2 sky, atmosphere.

-3 paradise.

-4 happi- ness. (

-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः

1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा

1 the Ganges.

-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.

-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.

-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.

-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;

-तुम् 1 the triple world.

-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.

-धामन् m.

1 N. of Viṣṇu.

-2 of Vyāsa;

-3 of Śiva.

-4 of Agni.

-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.

-धारा the Ganges.

-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.

- नवत a. ninety-third.

-नवतिः f. ninety three.

-नयना Pārvat&imacr.

-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.

-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.

-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.

-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.

-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.

-पुटः glass (काच).

-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.

-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.

-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.

-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.

-2 a place where three roads meet. (

-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.

-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 fever (personified).

-पद a. three-footed. (

-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.

-पदिका 1 a tripod.

-2 a stand with three feet.

-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.

-2 the Gāyatrī metre.

-3 a tripod.

-4 the plant गोधापदी.

-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.

-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.

-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).

-2 the figure formed by such intersection.

-पाटिका a beak.

पाठिन् a.

1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.

-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.

-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 fever.

-पाद् a.

1 having three feet.

-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.

-3 trinomial. (-m.)

1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).

-पुट a. triangular.

(-टः) 1 an arrow.

-2 the palm of the hand.

-3 a cubit.

-4 a bank or shore.

-पुटकः a triangle.

-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.

-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.

-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.

-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.

-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (

-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.

(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.

-2 N. of a country.

-पुरुष a

1 having the length of three men.

-2 having three assistants. (

-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.

-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (

ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.

-पौरुष a.

1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.

2 offered to three (as oblations).

-3 inherited from three (as an estate).

-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.

-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).

-बन्धनः the individual soul.

-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.

1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.

-2 the anus.

-बलीकम् the anus.

-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.

-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.

-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.

-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.

-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.

-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.

-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.

-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).

-भुजम् a triangle.

-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.

-भूमः a palace with three floors.

-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.

-मधु n.

-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.

-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).

-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.

-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.

-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.

-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.

-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.

-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.

-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.

-2 Buddha, or Jina.

-मूर्धन् m.

1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.

-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.

-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.

-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.

-यामकम् sin.

-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.

-2 turmeric.

-3 the Indigo plant.

-4 the river Yamuṇā.

-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.

-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).

-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.

-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (

-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (

-त्रम्) a period of three nights.

-रेखः a conch-shell.

-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.

-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (

-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (

-गी) the three genders taken collectively.

-लोकम् the three worlds. (

-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of

1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.

-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.

-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.

-लोचनः Śiva.

(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.

-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.

-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.

-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.

-4 the three higher castes.

-5 the three myrobalans.

-6 propriety, decorum.

-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.

-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.

-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)

-वली the anus.

-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.

-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.

-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.

-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.

-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.

-वृत् a.

1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.

-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)

1 a sacrifice.

-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.

-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.

-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).

-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.

-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.

-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.

-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.

-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]

-2 the Chātaka bird.

-3 a cat.

-4 a grass-hopper.

-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.

-शत a. three hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.

-2 three hundred.

-शरणः a Buddha.

-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).

-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.

-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.

-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.

-2 a crown or crest (with three points).

-शिरस् m.

1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.

-शीर्षः Śiva.

-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.

-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.

-2 a triangle.

-शोकः the soul.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.

-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.

-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also

-त्रिसवनम् (

-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.

-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.

-सप्तत a. seventy-third.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.

-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.

-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.

-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.

-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.

-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.

-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.

-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.

-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.

-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).

-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.

-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.

-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.

1 having 3 dwelling places.

-2 extending through the 3 worlds.

-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.

-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).

-हायण a. three years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri
12 best

adj. beste
--------
adv. op zijn best
--------
n. best; feestkleding, uitgaanskleding
--------
v. winnen, de overhand hebben, overtreffen

best¹

[ best] 〈zelfstandig naamwoord; meestal the〉

1 (de/het) beste

2 beste kleren ⇒ beste/zondagse pak, paasbest

♦voorbeelden:

1   to the best of my ability • naar mijn beste vermogen

     with the best of intentions • met de beste bedoelingen

     to the best of my knowledge (and belief) • voor zover ik weet

     (have) the best of both worlds • het beste/gunstigste van twee dingen (combineren)

     bring out the best in someone • het beste in iemand doen uitkomen

     do/try one's (very) best • z'n (uiterste) best doen

     look one's best • er uitstekend uitzien

     make the best of • het beste maken van

     best of all • het beste/leukste (van alles/allemaal)

     the best of it • het beste/mooiste van al

     at best • op z'n best (genomen); hoogstens

     I am not at my best on Monday mornings • ik ben 's maandagsmorgens niet op mijn best

     (even) at the best of times • (zelfs) onder de gunstigste omstandigheden

     he can still play golf with the best • bij het golfen staat hij z'n mannetje nog

     all the best! • het beste!

2   he wore his (Sunday) best • hij had zijn beste/zondagse kleren aan

¶ get/have the best of someone • iemand te slim/vlug af zijn, het winnen van iemand

     get/have the best of it • de overhand krijgen/hebben

     give of one's best • zijn uiterste best doen

     six of the best • stokslagen, met de lat

     it is (all) for the best • het komt allemaal wel goed

→ bad bad/

————————

best²

〈bijvoeglijk naamwoord; overtreffende trap van good〉

1 best

♦voorbeelden:

1   best bib and tucker • beste pak, mooiste kleren

     play one's best card • zijn hoogste/beste troeven uitspelen

¶ have seen its/one's best days • zijn beste tijd gehad hebben

     put one's best foot forward • zijn beste beentje voorzetten

     put one's best leg foremost • zich haasten

     best man • getuige 〈 van bruidegom〉; bruidsjonker

     the best part (of) • het merendeel/grootste deel (van)

————————

best³

〈bijwoord; overtreffende trap van well〉

1 best ⇒ het best

2 meest

♦voorbeelden:

1   this is best denied • dit kun je beter ontkennen

     had best, 〈 Amerikaans-Engels〉would best • zou 't beste

     you'd best go home • je zou 't beste naar huis kunnen gaan

     best before • ten minste houdbaar tot

2   those best able to pay • zij die het meeste kunnen betalen

     as best one can/may • zo goed en zo kwaad als men kan

     like/love best • het meest houden van

English-Dutch dictionary > best
13 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
14 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum
15 Cum2

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2
16 FRAM

forward

* * *

adv.

1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;

2) out of the house; opp. to inn, innarr( var hon ávalt borin f. ok innarr);

3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;

4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;

5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.

* * *

adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.

A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.

II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.

β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.

III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.

IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.

β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.

γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.

δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.

V. with verbs,

α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).

β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.

γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.

B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.

II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.

C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.

β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.

γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).

δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.

2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.

3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.

4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.

D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:

1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.

2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.

II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.

β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.

γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.

2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM
17 praesto

1.
praestō (old collat. form praestū, acc. to Curtius Valerianus in Cassiod. p. 2289 P.: qui praestu sunt, Inscr. Carina Via Appia, 1, p. 217. In later time as adj.: prae-stus, a, um:
bonorum officio praestus fui,
Inscr. Grut. 669, 4), adv. [dat. from praestus, a sup. form from prae, so that praesto esse alicui = to be or stand in the foremost place for or as respects one], at hand, ready, present, here; usually with esse (very freq. and class.).
I.
Lit.:
ni tua propitia pax foret praesto,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 18: sed ubi est frater? Chaer. Praesto adest, Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 120; so Att. Tr. 498:
quod adest praesto in primis placet,
Lucr. 5, 1412; Lact. 3, 7, 10:
sacrificiis omnibus praesto adesse,
id. 2, 16, 10;
more freq., praesto esse: ibi mihi praesto fuit L. Lucilius,
Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 1:
togulae lictoribus ad portam praesto fuerunt,
id. Pis. 23, 55:
tibi nulla fuit clementia praesto?
hadst thou no compassion? Cat. 64, 137: praesto esse, to arrive, appear:
hirundines aestivo tempore praesto sunt,
Auct. Her. 4, 48, 61.—Without esse ( poet.):
era, eccum praesto militem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 1:
ipsum adeo praesto video,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4; Stat. Th. 6, 643.—
II.
In partic: praesto esse or adire
A.
To be at hand, to attend or wait upon, to serve, aid:
ero meo ut omnibus locis sine praesto,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 26:
jus civile didicit, praesto multis fuit,
Cic. Mur. 9, 19:
praesto esse clientem tuum?
id. Att. 10, 8, 3:
saluti tuae praesto esse, praesto esse virtutes ut ancillulas,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 69; id. Fam. 4, 14, 4:
ut ad omnia, quae tui velint, ita assim praesto, ut, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 8, 1; id. Att. 4, 12, 1 fin.;
also with videor,
id. ib. 4, 12, 1 fin. —With adire:
pauper erit praesto semper tibi, pauper adibit primus,
will be at hand, at your service, Tib. 1, 5, 61.—
B.
With esse, to present one's self in a hostile manner, to resist, oppose:
si quis mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus,
Cic. Caecin. 30, 87:
quaestores cum fascibus mihi praesto fuerunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 11.
2.
prae-sto, ĭti (post-class. also praestāvi), ātum or ĭtum, 1, v. n. and a.
I.
Neutr., to stand before or in front.
A.
Lit.:
dum primae praestant acies,
Luc. 4, 30.—
B.
Trop., to stand out, be superior, to distinguish one's self, to be excellent, distinguished, admirable; constr. alicui aliquā re, alicui rei, in aliquā re, or absol. (class.):
cum virtute omnibus praestarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
quantum praestiterint nostri majores prudentiā ceteris gentibus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 192:
quā re homines bestiis praestent,
id. Inv. 1, 4, 5:
hoc praestat amicitia propinquitati, quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
Zeuxin muliebri in corpore pingendo plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ceteris,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 16:
suos inter aequales longe praestitit,
id. Brut. 64, 230:
omnes homines, qui sese student praestare ceteris animalibus,
Sall. C. 1, 1:
praestare honestam mortem existimans turpi vitae,
Nep. Chabr. 4, 3:
quantum ceteris praestet Lucretia,
Liv. 1, 57, 7:
cernere, quantum eques Latinus Romano praestet,
id. 8, 7, 7:
quantum vel vir viro vel gens genti praestat!
id. 31, 7, 8:
genere militum praestare tironibus,
id. 42, 52, 10:
tantum Romana in bellis gloria ceteris praestat,
Quint. 1, 10, 14:
qui eloquentiā ceteris praestet,
id. 2, 3, 5; 2, 16, 17; Curt. 8, 14, 13; Just. 18, 3, 14; 28, 2, 11; 44, 3, 9:
sacro, quod praestat, peracto,
Juv. 12, 86:
probro atque petulantiā maxume praestabant,
were pre-eminent, distinguished themselves, Sall. C. 37, 5:
truculentiā caeli praestat Germania,
Tac. A. 2, 24:
cur alias aliis praestare videmus Pondere res rebus?
Lucr. 1, 358.—
2.
Praestat, with a subjectclause, it is preferable or better:
nimio impendiosum praestat te, quam ingratum dicier,
it is much better, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 2, 12:
mori milies praestitit, quam haec pati,
it was better, Cic. Att. 14, 9, 2:
praestare dicunt, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre,
it is better, Caes. B. G. 1, 17:
motos praestat componere fluctus,
Verg. A. 1, 135; 3, 429; 6, 39.
II.
Act.
A.
To surpass, outstrip, exceed, [p. 1431] excel (not in Cic. or Cæs.; constr. usually aliquem aliquā re): qui primus in alterutrā re praestet alios, Varr. ap. Non. 502, 23; Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 10; 3, 1, 3:
quantum Galli virtute ceteros mortales praestarent,
Liv. 5, 36, 4:
qui belli gloriā Gallos omnes Belgasque praestabant,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 6:
praestate virtute peditem, ut honore atque ordine praestatis,
Liv. 3, 61, 7:
ut vetustate et gradu honoris nos praestent,
id. 7, 30, 4; 34, 34, 14; 37, 30, 2:
praestat ingenio alius alium,
Quint. 1, 1, 3; Val. Max. 3, 2, 21; 3, 2, ext. 7;
7, 2, 17: honore ceteros,
Nep. Att. 18, 5; 3, 3; id. Reg. 3, 5:
imperatores prudentiā,
id. Hann. 1, 1:
eloquentiā omnes eo tempore,
id. Epam. 6, 1.—Only aliquem, Stat. Th. 4, 838.—
B.
To become surety for, to answer or vouch for, to warrant, be responsible for, to take upon one's self, etc. (class.):
ut omnes ministros imperii tui rei publicae praestare videare,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3:
quem tamen ego praestare non poteram,
id. Att. 6, 3, 5:
quanto magis arduum est alios praestare quam se, tanto laudabilius,
Plin. Pan. 83:
communem incertumque casum neque vitare quisquam nostrum, nec praestare ullo pacto potest,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3: simus eā mente ut nihil in vitā nobis praestandum praeter culpam putemus, that we need only answer for guilt, i. e. keep ourselves clear of guilt, id. ib. 6, 1, 4:
impetus populi praestare nemo potest,
no one can be held to answer for the outbreaks of the people, id. de Or. 2, 28, 124:
periculum judicii,
id. Mur. 2, 3:
damnum alicui,
id. Off. 3, 16:
invidiam,
id. Sest. 28, 61:
nihil,
to be responsible for nothing, id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; cf. in pass.:
cum id, quod ab homine non potuerit praestari, evenerit,
what none could vouch for that it would not happen, id. Tusc. 3, 16, 34. —With ab aliquā re:
ego tibi a vi praestare nihil possum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 4, 3.—With de:
quod de te sperare, de me praestare possum,
Cic. Fam. 4, 15, 2.—With an objectclause:
quis potest praestare, semper sapientem beatum fore, cum, etc.?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 29; cf.:
(praedones) nullos fore, quis praestare poterat?
id. Fl. 12, 28:
meliorem praesto magistro Discipulum,
Juv. 14, 212.—With ut:
illius lacrimae praestant ut veniam culpae non abnuat Osiris,
Juv. 6, 539.—
C.
In gen., to fulfil, discharge, maintain, perform, execute:
arbitramur nos ea praestitisse, quae ratio et doctrina praescripserit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 7:
ultima exspectato, quae ego tibi et jucunda et honesta praestabo,
id. Fam. 7, 17, 2:
suum munus,
id. de Or. 2, 9, 38:
hospitii et amicitiae jus officiumque,
id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:
ne quem ejus paeniteret, praestiti,
I took care, exerted myself, Liv. 30, 30; Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 19:
quamcumque ei fidem dederis, ego praestabo,
I will fulfil, keep the promise, Cic. Fam. 5, 11, 2:
fidem alicui,
Liv. 30, 15:
pacem cum iis populus Romanus non ab se tantum, sed ab rege etiam Masinissa praestitit,
maintained, id. 40, 34:
tributa,
to pay, Juv. 3, 188:
annua,
id. 6, 480:
triplicem usuram,
id. 9, 7.— Pass.:
promissum id benignius est ab rege quam praestitum,
Liv. 43, 18, 11:
mea tibi tamen benevolentia fidesque praestabitur,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; so,
quibus (victoribus) senatūs fides praestabitur,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 30:
virtus vetat spectare fortunam dum praestetur fides,
id. Div. 2, 37, 79:
ni praestaretur fides publica,
Liv. 2, 28, 7.—
2.
In partic.
a.
To keep, preserve, maintain, retain:
pueri, quibus videmur praestare rem publicam debuisse,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 5; Ov. M. 11, 748:
omnes socios salvos praestare poteramus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55:
mors omnia praestat Vitalem praeter sensum calidumque vaporem,
Lucr. 3, 214. —
b.
To show, exhibit, to prove, evince, manifest:
Pomptinius praestat tibi memoriam benevolentiamque, quam debet,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 3:
neque hercule in iis ipsis rebus eam voluntatem, quam exspectaram, praestiterunt,
id. ib. 1, 9, 5:
virtutem,
Caes. B. G. 2, 27:
benevolentiam,
Cic. Att. 11, 1, 1:
consilium suum fidemque,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 134. —With se, to show, prove, or behave one's self as: praesta te eum, qui, etc., show thyself such, as, etc., Cic. Fam. 1, 6, 2:
se incolumem,
Lucr. 3, 220:
se invictum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 104:
teque praesta constanter ad omne Indeclinatae munus amicitiae,
show thyself constant, id. ib. 4, 5, 23:
Victoria nunc quoque se praestet,
show itself, id. ib. 2, 169: sed ne ad illam quidem artissimam innocentiae formulam praestare nos possumus, prove ourselves innocent even according to that rule, Sen. Ira, 2, 28, 1:
juris periti consultatoribus se praestabant,
showed themselves accessible, Dig. 1, 2, 2.— Poet.:
vel magnum praestet Achillem,
should show, prove, approve himself a great Achilles, Verg. A. 11, 438.—
c.
To show, exhibit, manifest:
honorem debitum patri,
Cic. Phil. 9, 5, 12:
fratri pietatem,
id. Brut. 33, 126:
virtutem et diligentiam alicui,
id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:
frequentiam et officium alicui honores petenti,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 50:
obsequium,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 59, 8:
sedulitatem alicui rei,
to apply, Plin. Ep. 3, 18, 6.—
d.
To give, offer, furnish, present, expose:
alicui certam summam pecuniae,
Suet. Dom. 9: cervicem, Sen. ap. Diom. p. 362 P.:
caput fulminibus,
to expose, Luc. 5, 770:
Hiberus praestat nomen terris,
id. 4, 23:
anser praestat ex se pullos atque plumam,
Col. 8, 13:
cum senatui sententiam praestaret,
gave his vote, Cic. Pis. 32, 80:
terga hosti,
to turn one's back to the enemy, to flee, Tac. Agr. 37:
voluptatem perpetuam sapienti,
to assume, Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 89.— Pass.:
pueri, quibus id (biduum) praestabatur,
was devoted, Quint. 1, prooem. § 7; cf.:
corpus, cui omnia olim tamquam servo praestabantur, nunc tamquam domino parantur,
Sen. Ep. 90, 19.—Hence, praestans, antis, P. a., pre-eminent, superior, excellent, distinguished, extraordinary.
A.
In gen. (class.).
1.
Of persons:
omnibus praestans et ingenio et diligentiā,
far surpassing all, Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 22:
usu et sapientiā praestantes,
noted for their experience and wisdom, Nep. Timoth. 3, 2.— Comp.:
virginibus praestantior omnibus Herse,
superior to all, Ov. M. 2, 724.— Sup.:
in illis artibus praestantissimus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 50, 217:
praestantissimi studio atque doctrinā,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 17.—With gen.:
o praestans animi juvenis,
distinguished for courage, Verg. A. 12, 19:
belli,
Sil. 5, 92:
armorum,
Stat. Th. 1, 605:
praestantissimus sapientiae,
Tac. A. 6, 6.— Poet., with objectclause:
quo non praestantior alter Aere ciere viros,
whom no other excelled in rousing the men, Verg. A. 6, 164.—
2.
Of things, pre-eminent, excellent, remarkable, extraordinary, distinguished:
praestanti corpore Nymphae,
Verg. A. 1, 71:
praestanti corpore tauri,
id. G. 4, 550:
formā,
id. A. 7, 483:
naturā excellens atque praestans,
Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:
qui a te tractatus est praestanti et singulari fide,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 3:
praestans prudentiā in omnibus,
Nep. Alc. 5, 1; Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
quid praestantius mihi potuit accidere?
id. Vatin. 3, 8.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Efficacious:
medicina,
Plin. 13, 24, 47, § 130:
usus praestantior,
id. 18, 13, 34, § 126:
calamus praestantior odore,
id. 12, 22, 48, § 105:
sucus sapore praestantissimus,
id. 15, 1, 2, § 5:
praestantissima auxilia,
id. 27, 13, 120, § 146.—
2.
Sup.:
Praestantissimus,
a title of the later emperors, Nazar. 26; Tert. Cor. Mil. 1.— Hence, adv.: praestanter, excellently, admirably (post-Aug.); sup.:
praestantissime,
Plin. 28, 12, 50, § 186.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > praesto
18 praestu

1.
praestō (old collat. form praestū, acc. to Curtius Valerianus in Cassiod. p. 2289 P.: qui praestu sunt, Inscr. Carina Via Appia, 1, p. 217. In later time as adj.: prae-stus, a, um:
bonorum officio praestus fui,
Inscr. Grut. 669, 4), adv. [dat. from praestus, a sup. form from prae, so that praesto esse alicui = to be or stand in the foremost place for or as respects one], at hand, ready, present, here; usually with esse (very freq. and class.).
I.
Lit.:
ni tua propitia pax foret praesto,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 18: sed ubi est frater? Chaer. Praesto adest, Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 120; so Att. Tr. 498:
quod adest praesto in primis placet,
Lucr. 5, 1412; Lact. 3, 7, 10:
sacrificiis omnibus praesto adesse,
id. 2, 16, 10;
more freq., praesto esse: ibi mihi praesto fuit L. Lucilius,
Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 1:
togulae lictoribus ad portam praesto fuerunt,
id. Pis. 23, 55:
tibi nulla fuit clementia praesto?
hadst thou no compassion? Cat. 64, 137: praesto esse, to arrive, appear:
hirundines aestivo tempore praesto sunt,
Auct. Her. 4, 48, 61.—Without esse ( poet.):
era, eccum praesto militem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 1:
ipsum adeo praesto video,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4; Stat. Th. 6, 643.—
II.
In partic: praesto esse or adire
A.
To be at hand, to attend or wait upon, to serve, aid:
ero meo ut omnibus locis sine praesto,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 26:
jus civile didicit, praesto multis fuit,
Cic. Mur. 9, 19:
praesto esse clientem tuum?
id. Att. 10, 8, 3:
saluti tuae praesto esse, praesto esse virtutes ut ancillulas,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 69; id. Fam. 4, 14, 4:
ut ad omnia, quae tui velint, ita assim praesto, ut, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 8, 1; id. Att. 4, 12, 1 fin.;
also with videor,
id. ib. 4, 12, 1 fin. —With adire:
pauper erit praesto semper tibi, pauper adibit primus,
will be at hand, at your service, Tib. 1, 5, 61.—
B.
With esse, to present one's self in a hostile manner, to resist, oppose:
si quis mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus,
Cic. Caecin. 30, 87:
quaestores cum fascibus mihi praesto fuerunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 11.
2.
prae-sto, ĭti (post-class. also praestāvi), ātum or ĭtum, 1, v. n. and a.
I.
Neutr., to stand before or in front.
A.
Lit.:
dum primae praestant acies,
Luc. 4, 30.—
B.
Trop., to stand out, be superior, to distinguish one's self, to be excellent, distinguished, admirable; constr. alicui aliquā re, alicui rei, in aliquā re, or absol. (class.):
cum virtute omnibus praestarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
quantum praestiterint nostri majores prudentiā ceteris gentibus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 44, 192:
quā re homines bestiis praestent,
id. Inv. 1, 4, 5:
hoc praestat amicitia propinquitati, quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
Zeuxin muliebri in corpore pingendo plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ceteris,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 16:
suos inter aequales longe praestitit,
id. Brut. 64, 230:
omnes homines, qui sese student praestare ceteris animalibus,
Sall. C. 1, 1:
praestare honestam mortem existimans turpi vitae,
Nep. Chabr. 4, 3:
quantum ceteris praestet Lucretia,
Liv. 1, 57, 7:
cernere, quantum eques Latinus Romano praestet,
id. 8, 7, 7:
quantum vel vir viro vel gens genti praestat!
id. 31, 7, 8:
genere militum praestare tironibus,
id. 42, 52, 10:
tantum Romana in bellis gloria ceteris praestat,
Quint. 1, 10, 14:
qui eloquentiā ceteris praestet,
id. 2, 3, 5; 2, 16, 17; Curt. 8, 14, 13; Just. 18, 3, 14; 28, 2, 11; 44, 3, 9:
sacro, quod praestat, peracto,
Juv. 12, 86:
probro atque petulantiā maxume praestabant,
were pre-eminent, distinguished themselves, Sall. C. 37, 5:
truculentiā caeli praestat Germania,
Tac. A. 2, 24:
cur alias aliis praestare videmus Pondere res rebus?
Lucr. 1, 358.—
2.
Praestat, with a subjectclause, it is preferable or better:
nimio impendiosum praestat te, quam ingratum dicier,
it is much better, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 2, 12:
mori milies praestitit, quam haec pati,
it was better, Cic. Att. 14, 9, 2:
praestare dicunt, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre,
it is better, Caes. B. G. 1, 17:
motos praestat componere fluctus,
Verg. A. 1, 135; 3, 429; 6, 39.
II.
Act.
A.
To surpass, outstrip, exceed, [p. 1431] excel (not in Cic. or Cæs.; constr. usually aliquem aliquā re): qui primus in alterutrā re praestet alios, Varr. ap. Non. 502, 23; Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 10; 3, 1, 3:
quantum Galli virtute ceteros mortales praestarent,
Liv. 5, 36, 4:
qui belli gloriā Gallos omnes Belgasque praestabant,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 6:
praestate virtute peditem, ut honore atque ordine praestatis,
Liv. 3, 61, 7:
ut vetustate et gradu honoris nos praestent,
id. 7, 30, 4; 34, 34, 14; 37, 30, 2:
praestat ingenio alius alium,
Quint. 1, 1, 3; Val. Max. 3, 2, 21; 3, 2, ext. 7;
7, 2, 17: honore ceteros,
Nep. Att. 18, 5; 3, 3; id. Reg. 3, 5:
imperatores prudentiā,
id. Hann. 1, 1:
eloquentiā omnes eo tempore,
id. Epam. 6, 1.—Only aliquem, Stat. Th. 4, 838.—
B.
To become surety for, to answer or vouch for, to warrant, be responsible for, to take upon one's self, etc. (class.):
ut omnes ministros imperii tui rei publicae praestare videare,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3:
quem tamen ego praestare non poteram,
id. Att. 6, 3, 5:
quanto magis arduum est alios praestare quam se, tanto laudabilius,
Plin. Pan. 83:
communem incertumque casum neque vitare quisquam nostrum, nec praestare ullo pacto potest,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3: simus eā mente ut nihil in vitā nobis praestandum praeter culpam putemus, that we need only answer for guilt, i. e. keep ourselves clear of guilt, id. ib. 6, 1, 4:
impetus populi praestare nemo potest,
no one can be held to answer for the outbreaks of the people, id. de Or. 2, 28, 124:
periculum judicii,
id. Mur. 2, 3:
damnum alicui,
id. Off. 3, 16:
invidiam,
id. Sest. 28, 61:
nihil,
to be responsible for nothing, id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 3; cf. in pass.:
cum id, quod ab homine non potuerit praestari, evenerit,
what none could vouch for that it would not happen, id. Tusc. 3, 16, 34. —With ab aliquā re:
ego tibi a vi praestare nihil possum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 4, 3.—With de:
quod de te sperare, de me praestare possum,
Cic. Fam. 4, 15, 2.—With an objectclause:
quis potest praestare, semper sapientem beatum fore, cum, etc.?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 29; cf.:
(praedones) nullos fore, quis praestare poterat?
id. Fl. 12, 28:
meliorem praesto magistro Discipulum,
Juv. 14, 212.—With ut:
illius lacrimae praestant ut veniam culpae non abnuat Osiris,
Juv. 6, 539.—
C.
In gen., to fulfil, discharge, maintain, perform, execute:
arbitramur nos ea praestitisse, quae ratio et doctrina praescripserit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 7:
ultima exspectato, quae ego tibi et jucunda et honesta praestabo,
id. Fam. 7, 17, 2:
suum munus,
id. de Or. 2, 9, 38:
hospitii et amicitiae jus officiumque,
id. Fam. 14, 4, 2:
ne quem ejus paeniteret, praestiti,
I took care, exerted myself, Liv. 30, 30; Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 19:
quamcumque ei fidem dederis, ego praestabo,
I will fulfil, keep the promise, Cic. Fam. 5, 11, 2:
fidem alicui,
Liv. 30, 15:
pacem cum iis populus Romanus non ab se tantum, sed ab rege etiam Masinissa praestitit,
maintained, id. 40, 34:
tributa,
to pay, Juv. 3, 188:
annua,
id. 6, 480:
triplicem usuram,
id. 9, 7.— Pass.:
promissum id benignius est ab rege quam praestitum,
Liv. 43, 18, 11:
mea tibi tamen benevolentia fidesque praestabitur,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; so,
quibus (victoribus) senatūs fides praestabitur,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 30:
virtus vetat spectare fortunam dum praestetur fides,
id. Div. 2, 37, 79:
ni praestaretur fides publica,
Liv. 2, 28, 7.—
2.
In partic.
a.
To keep, preserve, maintain, retain:
pueri, quibus videmur praestare rem publicam debuisse,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 5; Ov. M. 11, 748:
omnes socios salvos praestare poteramus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55:
mors omnia praestat Vitalem praeter sensum calidumque vaporem,
Lucr. 3, 214. —
b.
To show, exhibit, to prove, evince, manifest:
Pomptinius praestat tibi memoriam benevolentiamque, quam debet,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 3:
neque hercule in iis ipsis rebus eam voluntatem, quam exspectaram, praestiterunt,
id. ib. 1, 9, 5:
virtutem,
Caes. B. G. 2, 27:
benevolentiam,
Cic. Att. 11, 1, 1:
consilium suum fidemque,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 134. —With se, to show, prove, or behave one's self as: praesta te eum, qui, etc., show thyself such, as, etc., Cic. Fam. 1, 6, 2:
se incolumem,
Lucr. 3, 220:
se invictum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 104:
teque praesta constanter ad omne Indeclinatae munus amicitiae,
show thyself constant, id. ib. 4, 5, 23:
Victoria nunc quoque se praestet,
show itself, id. ib. 2, 169: sed ne ad illam quidem artissimam innocentiae formulam praestare nos possumus, prove ourselves innocent even according to that rule, Sen. Ira, 2, 28, 1:
juris periti consultatoribus se praestabant,
showed themselves accessible, Dig. 1, 2, 2.— Poet.:
vel magnum praestet Achillem,
should show, prove, approve himself a great Achilles, Verg. A. 11, 438.—
c.
To show, exhibit, manifest:
honorem debitum patri,
Cic. Phil. 9, 5, 12:
fratri pietatem,
id. Brut. 33, 126:
virtutem et diligentiam alicui,
id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:
frequentiam et officium alicui honores petenti,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 50:
obsequium,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 59, 8:
sedulitatem alicui rei,
to apply, Plin. Ep. 3, 18, 6.—
d.
To give, offer, furnish, present, expose:
alicui certam summam pecuniae,
Suet. Dom. 9: cervicem, Sen. ap. Diom. p. 362 P.:
caput fulminibus,
to expose, Luc. 5, 770:
Hiberus praestat nomen terris,
id. 4, 23:
anser praestat ex se pullos atque plumam,
Col. 8, 13:
cum senatui sententiam praestaret,
gave his vote, Cic. Pis. 32, 80:
terga hosti,
to turn one's back to the enemy, to flee, Tac. Agr. 37:
voluptatem perpetuam sapienti,
to assume, Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 89.— Pass.:
pueri, quibus id (biduum) praestabatur,
was devoted, Quint. 1, prooem. § 7; cf.:
corpus, cui omnia olim tamquam servo praestabantur, nunc tamquam domino parantur,
Sen. Ep. 90, 19.—Hence, praestans, antis, P. a., pre-eminent, superior, excellent, distinguished, extraordinary.
A.
In gen. (class.).
1.
Of persons:
omnibus praestans et ingenio et diligentiā,
far surpassing all, Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 22:
usu et sapientiā praestantes,
noted for their experience and wisdom, Nep. Timoth. 3, 2.— Comp.:
virginibus praestantior omnibus Herse,
superior to all, Ov. M. 2, 724.— Sup.:
in illis artibus praestantissimus,
Cic. de Or. 1, 50, 217:
praestantissimi studio atque doctrinā,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 17.—With gen.:
o praestans animi juvenis,
distinguished for courage, Verg. A. 12, 19:
belli,
Sil. 5, 92:
armorum,
Stat. Th. 1, 605:
praestantissimus sapientiae,
Tac. A. 6, 6.— Poet., with objectclause:
quo non praestantior alter Aere ciere viros,
whom no other excelled in rousing the men, Verg. A. 6, 164.—
2.
Of things, pre-eminent, excellent, remarkable, extraordinary, distinguished:
praestanti corpore Nymphae,
Verg. A. 1, 71:
praestanti corpore tauri,
id. G. 4, 550:
formā,
id. A. 7, 483:
naturā excellens atque praestans,
Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:
qui a te tractatus est praestanti et singulari fide,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 3:
praestans prudentiā in omnibus,
Nep. Alc. 5, 1; Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
quid praestantius mihi potuit accidere?
id. Vatin. 3, 8.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Efficacious:
medicina,
Plin. 13, 24, 47, § 130:
usus praestantior,
id. 18, 13, 34, § 126:
calamus praestantior odore,
id. 12, 22, 48, § 105:
sucus sapore praestantissimus,
id. 15, 1, 2, § 5:
praestantissima auxilia,
id. 27, 13, 120, § 146.—
2.
Sup.:
Praestantissimus,
a title of the later emperors, Nazar. 26; Tert. Cor. Mil. 1.— Hence, adv.: praestanter, excellently, admirably (post-Aug.); sup.:
praestantissime,
Plin. 28, 12, 50, § 186.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > praestu
19 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

См. также в других словарях:

The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The Third Man — This article is about the film. For other uses, see The Third Man (disambiguation). The Third Man cinema release poster Directed by Carol Reed … Wikipedia
The Carmelite Order — The Carmelite Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order One of the mendicant orders. Origin The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to … Catholic encyclopedia
The Counter-Reformation — The Counter Reformation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation The subject will be considered under the following heads: I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Lord of the Rings Strategy Battle Game — Players 2+ Setup time < 10 minutes Playing time ≈1 hour per 500 points of miniatures (approx.) Random chance Medium High … Wikipedia
The Nordic Exhibition of 1888 (1888) — The Nordic exhibition of Industry, Agriculture, and Art of 1888 was a joint venture between 29 organisations and official institutions, with the weight on the private side, represented foremost by the Association of Copenhagen Industrialists. It… … Wikipedia
The Bollandists — The Bollandists † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Bollandists An association of ecclesiastical scholars engaged in editing the Acta Sanctorum. This work is a great hagiographical collection begun during the first years of the seventeenth… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Smell of Reeves and Mortimer — Genre Sketch comedy Slapstick Surreal humour Created by Vic Reeves Bob Mortimer Starring Vic Reeves Bob Mortimer Charlie Chuck Patrick Allen … Wikipedia
The Vampire Diaries (novel series) — The Vampire Diaries The Vampire Diaries: Return: Midnight The Awakening The Struggle The Fury Dark Reunion The Return: Nightfall The Return: Shadow Souls The Return: Midnight The Hunters: Phantom The Hunters: Moonsong … Wikipedia
The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy Tertiary to Quintessential Phases — The Tertiary Phase , Quandary Phase and Quintessential Phase are radio adaptations of the books Life, the Universe and Everything , So Long, and Thanks For All the Fish and Mostly Harmless recorded in 2003 and 2004 by Above the Title Productions… … Wikipedia
The Netherlands — The Netherlands † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Netherlands (Germ. Niederlande; Fr. Pays Bas). The Netherlands, or Low Countries, as organized by Charles V, under whom the Burgundian era ended, comprised practically the territory… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

one of the very foremost men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

one of the very foremost men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: